blob: 8019cafb065fa83d10ef2f6d4a70b0c5ec9e9c6b [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000093 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000094 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000101 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000107 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000108 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000109
110 /*
111 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
112 * characters needed for the indent.
113 */
114 todo = size;
115 ind_len = 0;
116 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
117
118 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
119 * isn't already set */
120
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000121 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
122 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
123 * beginning of the line to be copied */
124 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125 {
126 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
127 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
128 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
129 {
130 ind_done = 0;
131
132 /* count as many characters as we can use */
133 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
134 {
135 if (*p == TAB)
136 {
137 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
138 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
139 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
140 if (todo < tab_pad)
141 break;
142 todo -= tab_pad;
143 ++ind_len;
144 ind_done += tab_pad;
145 }
146 else
147 {
148 --todo;
149 ++ind_len;
150 ++ind_done;
151 }
152 ++p;
153 }
154
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000155 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
156 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
157 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
158 orig_char_len = ind_len;
159
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000160 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
161 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000162 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000163 {
164 doit = TRUE;
165 todo -= tab_pad;
166 ++ind_len;
167 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
168 }
169 }
170
171 /* count tabs required for indent */
172 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
173 {
174 if (*p != TAB)
175 doit = TRUE;
176 else
177 ++p;
178 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
179 ++ind_len;
180 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
181 }
182 }
183 /* count spaces required for indent */
184 while (todo > 0)
185 {
186 if (*p != ' ')
187 doit = TRUE;
188 else
189 ++p;
190 --todo;
191 ++ind_len;
192 /* ++ind_done; */
193 }
194
195 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
196 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
197 return FALSE;
198
199 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
200 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
201 p = oldline;
202 else
203 p = skipwhite(p);
204 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000205
206 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
207 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
208 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000209 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000210 {
211 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
212 if (newline == NULL)
213 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000214 todo = size - ind_done;
215 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
216 * characters, which may have been
217 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000218 p = oldline;
219 s = newline;
220 while (orig_char_len > 0)
221 {
222 *s++ = *p++;
223 orig_char_len--;
224 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000226 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
227 * than old) */
228 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000229 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000230
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000231 }
232 else
233 {
234 todo = size;
235 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
236 if (newline == NULL)
237 return FALSE;
238 s = newline;
239 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000240
241 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000242 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
243 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
244 {
245 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
246 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
247 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
248 {
249 p = oldline;
250 ind_done = 0;
251
252 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
253 {
254 if (*p == TAB)
255 {
256 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
257 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
258 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
259 if (todo < tab_pad)
260 break;
261 todo -= tab_pad;
262 ind_done += tab_pad;
263 }
264 else
265 {
266 --todo;
267 ++ind_done;
268 }
269 *s++ = *p++;
270 }
271
272 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
273 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
274 if (todo >= tab_pad)
275 {
276 *s++ = TAB;
277 todo -= tab_pad;
278 }
279
280 p = skipwhite(p);
281 }
282
283 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
284 {
285 *s++ = TAB;
286 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
287 }
288 }
289 while (todo > 0)
290 {
291 *s++ = ' ';
292 --todo;
293 }
294 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
295
296 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
297 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
298 {
299 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
300 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
301 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
302 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
303 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
304 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000305 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000306 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000307 }
308 else
309 vim_free(newline);
310
311 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000312 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000313}
314
315/*
316 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
317 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
318 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
319 */
320 static int
321copy_indent(size, src)
322 int size;
323 char_u *src;
324{
325 char_u *p = NULL;
326 char_u *line = NULL;
327 char_u *s;
328 int todo;
329 int ind_len;
330 int line_len = 0;
331 int tab_pad;
332 int ind_done;
333 int round;
334
335 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
336 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
337 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
338 {
339 todo = size;
340 ind_len = 0;
341 ind_done = 0;
342 s = src;
343
344 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
345 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
346 {
347 if (*s == TAB)
348 {
349 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
350 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
351 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
352 if (todo < tab_pad)
353 break;
354 todo -= tab_pad;
355 ind_done += tab_pad;
356 }
357 else
358 {
359 --todo;
360 ++ind_done;
361 }
362 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000363 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000364 *p++ = *s;
365 ++s;
366 }
367
368 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
369 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
370 if (todo >= tab_pad)
371 {
372 todo -= tab_pad;
373 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000374 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375 *p++ = TAB;
376 }
377
378 /* Add tabs required for indent */
379 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
380 {
381 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
382 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000383 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384 *p++ = TAB;
385 }
386
387 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
388 while (todo > 0)
389 {
390 --todo;
391 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 *p++ = ' ';
394 }
395
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000396 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000397 {
398 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
399 * and the rest of the line. */
400 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
401 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
402 if (line == NULL)
403 return FALSE;
404 p = line;
405 }
406 }
407
408 /* Append the original line */
409 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
410
411 /* Replace the line */
412 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
413
414 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
415 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
416 return TRUE;
417}
418
419/*
420 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
421 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000422 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000423 */
424 int
425get_number_indent(lnum)
426 linenr_T lnum;
427{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000428 colnr_T col;
429 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000431
432 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
433 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000434 pos.lnum = 0;
435 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
436 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
437 {
438 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000439 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000440 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
441 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000442 {
443 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
444 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
445#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
446 pos.coladd = 0;
447#endif
448 }
449 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
450 }
451
452 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000453 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000454 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
455 return (int)col;
456}
457
458#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
459
460static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
461
462/*
463 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
464 */
465 static int
466cin_is_cinword(line)
467 char_u *line;
468{
469 char_u *cinw;
470 char_u *cinw_buf;
471 int cinw_len;
472 int retval = FALSE;
473 int len;
474
475 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
476 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
477 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
478 {
479 line = skipwhite(line);
480 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
481 {
482 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
483 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
484 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
485 {
486 retval = TRUE;
487 break;
488 }
489 }
490 vim_free(cinw_buf);
491 }
492 return retval;
493}
494#endif
495
496/*
497 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
498 *
499 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
500 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
501 *
502 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
503 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
504 * new line.
505 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
506 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
507 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
508 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
509 *
510 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
511 */
512 int
513open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
514 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
515 int flags;
516 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
517{
518 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
519 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
520 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
521 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
522 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
523 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
524 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
525 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
526 int n;
527 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
528 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
529#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
530 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
531 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
532 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
533 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
534#endif
535 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
536#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
537 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 char_u *p;
539#endif
540 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
541#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
542 pos_T *pos;
543#endif
544#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
545 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
546# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
547 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
548# endif
549 );
550 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
551 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
552#endif
553#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
554 int vreplace_mode;
555#endif
556 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
557 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
558
559 /*
560 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
561 */
562 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
563 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
564 return FALSE;
565
566#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
567 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
568 {
569 /*
570 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
571 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
572 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
573 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
574 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
575 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
576 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
577 */
578 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
579 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
580 else
581 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
582 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
583 goto theend;
584
585 /*
586 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
587 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
588 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
589 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
590 * etc) a bit later.
591 */
592 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
593 replace_push(NUL);
594 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
595 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000596 {
597#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
598 if (has_mbyte)
599 p += replace_push_mb(p);
600 else
601#endif
602 replace_push(*p++);
603 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000604 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
605 }
606#endif
607
608 if ((State & INSERT)
609#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
610 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
611#endif
612 )
613 {
614 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
615#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
616 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
617 {
618 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
619 first_char = *p;
620 }
621#endif
622#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
623 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
624#endif
625 saved_char = *p_extra;
626 *p_extra = NUL;
627 }
628
629 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
630#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
631 did_si = FALSE;
632#endif
633 ai_col = 0;
634
635 /*
636 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
637 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
638 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
639 */
640 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
641 trunc_line = TRUE;
642
643 /*
644 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
645 * indent to use for the new line.
646 */
647 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
648#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
649 || do_si
650#endif
651 )
652 {
653 /*
654 * count white space on current line
655 */
656 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
657 if (newindent == 0)
658 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
659
660#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
661 /*
662 * Do smart indenting.
663 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
664 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
665 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
666 * "if (condition) {"
667 */
668 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
669 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
670 {
671 char_u *ptr;
672 char_u last_char;
673
674 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
675 ptr = saved_line;
676# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
677 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
678 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
679 else
680 lead_len = 0;
681# endif
682 if (dir == FORWARD)
683 {
684 /*
685 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
686 * recognised as comments.
687 */
688 if (
689# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
690 lead_len == 0 &&
691# endif
692 ptr[0] == '#')
693 {
694 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
695 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
696 newindent = get_indent();
697 }
698# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
699 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
700 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
701 else
702 lead_len = 0;
703 if (lead_len > 0)
704 {
705 /*
706 * This case gets the following right:
707 * \*
708 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
709 * *\
710 * #define IN_THE_WAY
711 * This should line up here;
712 */
713 p = skipwhite(ptr);
714 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
715 p++;
716 if (p[0] == '*')
717 {
718 for (p++; *p; p++)
719 {
720 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
721 {
722 /*
723 * End of C comment, indent should line up
724 * with the line containing the start of
725 * the comment
726 */
727 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
728 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
729 {
730 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
731 newindent = get_indent();
732 }
733 }
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 else /* Not a comment line */
738# endif
739 {
740 /* Find last non-blank in line */
741 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
742 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
743 --p;
744 last_char = *p;
745
746 /*
747 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
748 */
749 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
750 {
751 if (p > ptr)
752 --p;
753 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
754 --p;
755 }
756 /*
757 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
758 * lines. eg:
759 * if (condition &&
760 * condition) {
761 * Should line up here!
762 * }
763 */
764 if (*p == ')')
765 {
766 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
767 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
768 {
769 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
770 newindent = get_indent();
771 ptr = ml_get_curline();
772 }
773 }
774 /*
775 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
776 * checking for "if" and the like.
777 */
778 if (last_char == '{')
779 {
780 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
781 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
782 }
783 /*
784 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
785 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
786 * '}'.
787 */
788 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
789 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
790 did_si = TRUE;
791 }
792 }
793 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
794 {
795 /*
796 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
797 * recognised as comments.
798 */
799 if (
800# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
801 lead_len == 0 &&
802# endif
803 ptr[0] == '#')
804 {
805 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
806
807 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
808 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
809 {
810 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
811 was_backslashed = TRUE;
812 else
813 was_backslashed = FALSE;
814 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
815 }
816 if (was_backslashed)
817 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
818 else
819 newindent = get_indent();
820 }
821 p = skipwhite(ptr);
822 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
823 did_si = TRUE;
824 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
825 can_si_back = TRUE;
826 }
827 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
828 }
829 if (do_si)
830 can_si = TRUE;
831#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
832
833 did_ai = TRUE;
834 }
835
836#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
837 /*
838 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
839 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
840 */
841 end_comment_pending = NUL;
842 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
843 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
844 else
845 lead_len = 0;
846 if (lead_len > 0)
847 {
848 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
849 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
850 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
851 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
852 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
853 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
854 int current_flag;
855 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
856 char_u *p2;
857
858 /*
859 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
860 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
861 */
862 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
863 {
864 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
865 {
866 require_blank = TRUE;
867 continue;
868 }
869 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
870 {
871 current_flag = *p;
872 if (*p == COM_START)
873 {
874 /*
875 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
876 */
877 if (dir == BACKWARD)
878 {
879 lead_len = 0;
880 break;
881 }
882
883 /* find start of middle part */
884 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
885 require_blank = FALSE;
886 }
887
888 /*
889 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
890 */
891 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
892 {
893 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
894 require_blank = TRUE;
895 ++p;
896 }
897 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
898
899 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
900 {
901 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
902 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
903 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
904 ++p;
905 }
906 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
907
908 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
909 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
910
911 /*
912 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
913 * the comment leader.
914 */
915 if (dir == FORWARD)
916 {
917 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
918 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
919 {
920 comment_end = p;
921 lead_len = 0;
922 break;
923 }
924 }
925
926 /*
927 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
928 */
929 if (lead_len > 0)
930 {
931 if (current_flag == COM_START)
932 {
933 lead_repl = lead_middle;
934 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
935 }
936
937 /*
938 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
939 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
940 * comment leader on the next line.
941 */
942 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
943 && ((p_extra != NULL
944 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
945 || (p_extra == NULL
946 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
947 || require_blank))
948 extra_space = TRUE;
949 }
950 break;
951 }
952 if (*p == COM_END)
953 {
954 /*
955 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
956 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
957 * start (for C-comments).
958 */
959 if (dir == FORWARD)
960 {
961 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
962 lead_len = 0;
963 break;
964 }
965
966 /*
967 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
968 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
969 */
970 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
971 --p;
972 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
973 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
974 ;
975 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
976
977 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
978 * the comment-end */
979 extra_space = TRUE;
980
981 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
982 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
983 {
984 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
985 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
986 }
987 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
988 {
989 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
990 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
991 p2++;
992 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
993 }
994 break;
995 }
996 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
997 {
998 /*
999 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
1000 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
1001 */
1002 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1003 lead_len = 0;
1004 else
1005 {
1006 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1007 lead_repl_len = 0;
1008 }
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 if (lead_len)
1013 {
1014 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1015 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1016 extra_len + 1);
1017 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1018
1019 if (leader == NULL)
1020 lead_len = 0;
1021 else
1022 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001023 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001024
1025 /*
1026 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1027 */
1028 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1029 {
1030 int c = 0;
1031 int off = 0;
1032
1033 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
1034 {
1035 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
1036 c = *p;
1037 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1038 off = getdigits(&p);
1039 }
1040 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1041 {
1042 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1043 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1044 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1045 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001046 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001047
1048#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1049 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1050 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1051 {
1052 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1053 lead_repl_len);
1054 int old_size = 0;
1055 char_u *endp = p;
1056 int l;
1057
1058 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1059 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001060 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001061 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1062 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001063 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001064 if (l != 0)
1065 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1066 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1067 lead_len += l;
1068 }
1069#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001070 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1071 p = leader;
1072 else
1073 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001074#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001075 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1076 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1077 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1078
1079 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1080 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001081 {
1082#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1083 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1084
1085 if (l > 1)
1086 {
1087 p -= l;
1088 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1089 {
1090 p[1] = ' ';
1091 --l;
1092 }
1093 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1094 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1095 lead_len -= l;
1096 *p = ' ';
1097 }
1098 else
1099#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001100 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1101 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001102 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001103 }
1104 else /* left adjusted leader */
1105 {
1106 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001107#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1108 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1109 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1110 * not to be overwritten. */
1111 {
1112 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1113 lead_repl_len);
1114 int i;
1115 int l;
1116
1117 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1118 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001119 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001120 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1121 break;
1122 }
1123 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1124 {
1125 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1126 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1127 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1128 }
1129 }
1130#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001131 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1132
1133 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1134 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1135 * remain the same. */
1136 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1137 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1138 {
1139 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1140 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1141 {
1142 --lead_len;
1143 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1144 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1145 }
1146 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001147 {
1148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001149 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001150
1151 if (l > 1)
1152 {
1153 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1154 {
1155 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1156 * two spaces */
1157 --l;
1158 *p++ = ' ';
1159 }
1160 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1161 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1162 lead_len -= l - 1;
1163 }
1164#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001166 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001167 }
1168 *p = NUL;
1169 }
1170
1171 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1172 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1173#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1174 || do_si
1175#endif
1176 )
1177 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1178
1179 /* Add the indent offset */
1180 if (newindent + off < 0)
1181 {
1182 off = -newindent;
1183 newindent = 0;
1184 }
1185 else
1186 newindent += off;
1187
1188 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1189 * alignment remains equal. */
1190 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1191 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1192 {
1193 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1194 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1195 break;
1196 --lead_len;
1197 --off;
1198 }
1199
1200 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1201 * extra space */
1202 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1203 extra_space = FALSE;
1204 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1205 }
1206
1207 if (extra_space)
1208 {
1209 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1210 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1211 }
1212
1213 newcol = lead_len;
1214
1215 /*
1216 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1217 * is in the comment leader
1218 */
1219 if (newindent
1220#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1221 || did_si
1222#endif
1223 )
1224 {
1225 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1226 {
1227 --lead_len;
1228 --newcol;
1229 ++leader;
1230 }
1231 }
1232
1233 }
1234#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1235 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1236#endif
1237 }
1238 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1239 {
1240 /*
1241 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1242 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1243 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1244 * comment.
1245 */
1246 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1247 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1248#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1249 || do_si
1250#endif
1251 ))
1252 {
1253 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1254 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1255 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1256 {
1257 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1258 newindent = get_indent();
1259 }
1260 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1261 }
1262 }
1263 }
1264#endif
1265
1266 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1267 if (p_extra != NULL)
1268 {
1269 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1270
1271 /*
1272 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1273 * non-blank.
1274 *
1275 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1276 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1277 */
1278 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1279 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1280 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1281 {
1282 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1283#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1284 && (!enc_utf8
1285 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1286#endif
1287 )
1288 {
1289 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1290 replace_push(*p_extra);
1291 ++p_extra;
1292 ++less_cols_off;
1293 }
1294 }
1295 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1296 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1297
1298 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1299 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1300 }
1301
1302 if (p_extra == NULL)
1303 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1304
1305#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1306 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1307 if (lead_len)
1308 {
1309 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1310 p_extra = leader;
1311 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1312 less_cols -= lead_len;
1313 }
1314 else
1315 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1316#endif
1317
1318 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1319 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1320 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1321#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1322 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1323#endif
1324 {
1325 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1326 == FAIL)
1327 goto theend;
1328 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1329 * with markers. */
1330 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1331 did_append = TRUE;
1332 }
1333#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1334 else
1335 {
1336 /*
1337 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1338 */
1339 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1340 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1341 {
1342 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1343 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1344 */
1345 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1346 vr_lines_changed++;
1347 }
1348 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1349 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1350 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1351 did_append = FALSE;
1352 }
1353#endif
1354
1355 if (newindent
1356#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1357 || did_si
1358#endif
1359 )
1360 {
1361 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1362#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1363 if (did_si)
1364 {
1365 if (p_sr)
1366 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1367 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1368 }
1369#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001370 /* Copy the indent */
1371 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372 {
1373 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1374
1375 /*
1376 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1377 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1378 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1379 */
1380 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1381 }
1382 else
1383 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1384 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1387
1388 /*
1389 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1390 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1391 */
1392 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1393 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1394 replace_push(NUL);
1395 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1396#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1397 if (no_si)
1398 did_si = FALSE;
1399#endif
1400 }
1401
1402#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1403 /*
1404 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1405 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1406 */
1407 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1408 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1409 replace_push(NUL);
1410#endif
1411
1412 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1413
1414 if (dir == FORWARD)
1415 {
1416 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1417 {
1418 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1419 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1420 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1421 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1422 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1423 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1424 saved_line = NULL;
1425 if (did_append)
1426 {
1427 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1428 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1429 did_append = FALSE;
1430
1431 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1432 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1433 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1434 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1435 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1436 }
1437 else
1438 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1439 }
1440
1441 /*
1442 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1443 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1444 */
1445 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1446 }
1447 if (did_append)
1448 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1449
1450 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1451#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1452 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1453#endif
1454
1455#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1456 /*
1457 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1458 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1459 * normal INSERT mode.
1460 */
1461 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1462 {
1463 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1464 State = INSERT;
1465 }
1466 else
1467 vreplace_mode = 0;
1468#endif
1469#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1470 /*
1471 * May do lisp indenting.
1472 */
1473 if (!p_paste
1474# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1475 && leader == NULL
1476# endif
1477 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1478 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1479 {
1480 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1481 p = ml_get_curline();
1482 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1483 }
1484#endif
1485#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1486 /*
1487 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1488 */
1489 if (!p_paste
1490 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1491# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1492 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1493# endif
1494 )
1495 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1496 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1497 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1498 {
1499 do_c_expr_indent();
1500 p = ml_get_curline();
1501 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1502 }
1503#endif
1504#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1505 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1506 State = vreplace_mode;
1507#endif
1508
1509#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1510 /*
1511 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1512 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1513 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1514 */
1515 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1516 {
1517 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1518 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1519 if (p_extra == NULL)
1520 goto theend;
1521
1522 /* Put back original line */
1523 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1524
1525 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1526 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1527#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1528 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1529#endif
1530 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1531 vim_free(p_extra);
1532 next_line = NULL;
1533 }
1534#endif
1535
1536 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1537theend:
1538 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1539 vim_free(saved_line);
1540 vim_free(next_line);
1541 vim_free(allocated);
1542 return retval;
1543}
1544
1545#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1546/*
1547 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1548 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1549 * returned.
1550 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1551 * comment leader.
1552 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1553 */
1554 int
1555get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1556 char_u *line;
1557 char_u **flags;
1558 int backward;
1559{
1560 int i, j;
1561 int got_com = FALSE;
1562 int found_one;
1563 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1564 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1565 char_u *list;
1566
1567 i = 0;
1568 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1569 ++i;
1570
1571 /*
1572 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1573 */
1574 while (line[i])
1575 {
1576 /*
1577 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1578 */
1579 found_one = FALSE;
1580 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1581 {
1582 /*
1583 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1584 * put string at start of string.
1585 */
1586 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1587 *flags = list;
1588 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1589 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1590 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1591 continue;
1592 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1593
1594 /*
1595 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1596 * nested comments.
1597 */
1598 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1599 continue;
1600
1601 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1602 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1603 continue;
1604
1605 /*
1606 * Line contents and string must match.
1607 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1608 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1609 * TABs and spaces).
1610 */
1611 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1612 {
1613 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1614 continue;
1615 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1616 ++string;
1617 }
1618 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1619 ;
1620 if (string[j] != NUL)
1621 continue;
1622
1623 /*
1624 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1625 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1626 */
1627 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1628 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1629 continue;
1630
1631 /*
1632 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1633 */
1634 i += j;
1635 got_com = TRUE;
1636 found_one = TRUE;
1637 break;
1638 }
1639
1640 /*
1641 * No match found, stop scanning.
1642 */
1643 if (!found_one)
1644 break;
1645
1646 /*
1647 * Include any trailing white space.
1648 */
1649 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1650 ++i;
1651
1652 /*
1653 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1654 */
1655 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1656 break;
1657 }
1658 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1659}
1660#endif
1661
1662/*
1663 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1664 */
1665 int
1666plines(lnum)
1667 linenr_T lnum;
1668{
1669 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1670}
1671
1672 int
1673plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1674 win_T *wp;
1675 linenr_T lnum;
1676 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1677{
1678#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1679 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1680 * is one line anyway. */
1681 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1682}
1683
1684 int
1685plines_nofill(lnum)
1686 linenr_T lnum;
1687{
1688 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1689}
1690
1691 int
1692plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1693 win_T *wp;
1694 linenr_T lnum;
1695 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1696{
1697#endif
1698 int lines;
1699
1700 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1701 return 1;
1702
1703#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1704 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1705 return 1;
1706#endif
1707
1708#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1709 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1710 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1711 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1712 return 1;
1713#endif
1714
1715 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1716 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1717 return (int)wp->w_height;
1718 return lines;
1719}
1720
1721/*
1722 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1723 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1724 */
1725 int
1726plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1727 win_T *wp;
1728 linenr_T lnum;
1729{
1730 char_u *s;
1731 long col;
1732 int width;
1733
1734 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1735 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1736 return 1;
1737 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1738
1739 /*
1740 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1741 * extra column.
1742 */
1743 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1744 col += 1;
1745
1746 /*
1747 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1748 */
1749 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1750 if (width <= 0)
1751 return 32000;
1752 if (col <= width)
1753 return 1;
1754 col -= width;
1755 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1756 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1757}
1758
1759/*
1760 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1761 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1762 */
1763 int
1764plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1765 win_T *wp;
1766 linenr_T lnum;
1767 long column;
1768{
1769 long col;
1770 char_u *s;
1771 int lines = 0;
1772 int width;
1773
1774#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1775 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1776 * is one line anyway. */
1777 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1778#endif
1779
1780 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1781 return lines + 1;
1782
1783#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1784 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1785 return lines + 1;
1786#endif
1787
1788 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1789
1790 col = 0;
1791 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1792 {
1793 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001794 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795 }
1796
1797 /*
1798 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1799 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1800 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1801 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1802 * 'ts') -- webb.
1803 */
1804 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1805 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1806
1807 /*
1808 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1809 */
1810 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001811 if (width <= 0)
1812 return 9999;
1813
1814 lines += 1;
1815 if (col > width)
1816 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1817 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001818}
1819
1820 int
1821plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1822 win_T *wp;
1823 linenr_T first, last;
1824{
1825 int count = 0;
1826
1827 while (first <= last)
1828 {
1829#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1830 int x;
1831
1832 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1833 * that are maybe folded. */
1834 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1835 if (x > 0)
1836 {
1837 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1838 first += x;
1839 }
1840 else
1841#endif
1842 {
1843#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1844 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1845 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1846 else
1847#endif
1848 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1849 ++first;
1850 }
1851 }
1852 return (count);
1853}
1854
1855#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1856/*
1857 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1858 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1859 */
1860 void
1861ins_bytes(p)
1862 char_u *p;
1863{
1864 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1865}
1866#endif
1867
1868#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1869 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1870/*
1871 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1872 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1873 */
1874 void
1875ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1876 char_u *p;
1877 int len;
1878{
1879 int i;
1880# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1881 int n;
1882
1883 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1884 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001885 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001886 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1887 }
1888# else
1889 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1890 ins_char(p[i]);
1891# endif
1892}
1893#endif
1894
1895/*
1896 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1897 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1898 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1899 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1900 * convert bytes to a character.
1901 */
1902 void
1903ins_char(c)
1904 int c;
1905{
1906#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1907 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1908 int n;
1909
1910 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1911
1912 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1913 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1914 if (buf[0] == 0)
1915 buf[0] = '\n';
1916
1917 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1918}
1919
1920 void
1921ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1922 char_u *buf;
1923 int charlen;
1924{
1925 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926#endif
1927 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1928 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1929 char_u *p;
1930 char_u *newp;
1931 char_u *oldp;
1932 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1933 colnr_T col;
1934 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1935 int i;
1936
1937#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1938 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1939 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1940 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1941#endif
1942
1943 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1944 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1945 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1946
1947 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1948 oldlen = 0;
1949#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1950 newlen = charlen;
1951#else
1952 newlen = 1;
1953#endif
1954
1955 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1956 {
1957#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1958 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1961 colnr_T vcol;
1962 int old_list;
1963#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1964 char_u buf[2];
1965#endif
1966
1967 /*
1968 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1969 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1970 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1971 */
1972 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1973 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1974 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1975
1976 /*
1977 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1978 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1979 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1980 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1981 */
1982 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1983#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1984 buf[0] = c;
1985 buf[1] = NUL;
1986#endif
1987 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1988 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1989 {
1990 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1991 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1992 * position. */
1993 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1994 break;
1995#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001996 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997#else
1998 ++oldlen;
1999#endif
2000 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2001 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2002 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2003 }
2004 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2005 }
2006 else
2007#endif
2008 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2009 {
2010 /* normal replace */
2011#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002012 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002013#else
2014 oldlen = 1;
2015#endif
2016 }
2017
2018
2019 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2020 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2021 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2022 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2023 replace_push(NUL);
2024 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2025 {
2026#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002027 if (has_mbyte)
2028 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2029 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002031 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032 }
2033 }
2034
2035 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2036 if (newp == NULL)
2037 return;
2038
2039 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2040 if (col > 0)
2041 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2042
2043 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2044 p = newp + col;
2045 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2046 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2047
2048 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2049#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2050 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2051 i = charlen;
2052#else
2053 *p = c;
2054 i = 1;
2055#endif
2056
2057 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2058 while (i < newlen)
2059 p[i++] = ' ';
2060
2061 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2062 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2063
2064 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2065 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2066
2067 /*
2068 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2069 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2070 */
2071 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2072 && msg_silent == 0
2073#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2074 && charlen == 1
2075#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002076#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2077 && !ins_compl_active()
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002079 )
2080 showmatch(c);
2081
2082#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2083 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2084#endif
2085 {
2086 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2087#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2088 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2089#else
2090 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2091#endif
2092 }
2093 /*
2094 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2095 */
2096}
2097
2098/*
2099 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2100 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2101 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2102 */
2103 void
2104ins_str(s)
2105 char_u *s;
2106{
2107 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2108 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2109 int oldlen;
2110 colnr_T col;
2111 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2112
2113#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2114 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2115 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2116#endif
2117
2118 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2119 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2120 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2121
2122 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2123 if (newp == NULL)
2124 return;
2125 if (col > 0)
2126 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2127 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2128 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2129 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2130 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2131 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2132}
2133
2134/*
2135 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2136 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2137 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2138 *
2139 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2140 */
2141 int
2142del_char(fixpos)
2143 int fixpos;
2144{
2145#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2146 if (has_mbyte)
2147 {
2148 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2149 mb_adjust_cursor();
2150 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2151 return FAIL;
2152 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2153 }
2154#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002155 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002156}
2157
2158#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2159/*
2160 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2161 */
2162 int
2163del_chars(count, fixpos)
2164 long count;
2165 int fixpos;
2166{
2167 long bytes = 0;
2168 long i;
2169 char_u *p;
2170 int l;
2171
2172 p = ml_get_cursor();
2173 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2174 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002175 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002176 bytes += l;
2177 p += l;
2178 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002179 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180}
2181#endif
2182
2183/*
2184 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2185 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2186 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2187 *
2188 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2189 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002190/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002191 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002192del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002195 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196{
2197 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2198 colnr_T oldlen;
2199 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2200 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2201 int was_alloced;
2202 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002203 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204
2205 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2206 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2207
2208 /*
2209 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2210 */
2211 if (col >= oldlen)
2212 return FAIL;
2213
2214#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2215 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2216 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002217 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2218 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002220 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 int n;
2222
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002223 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2224 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002225 {
2226 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2227 n = col;
2228 do
2229 {
2230 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002231 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232 n += count;
2233 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2234 fixpos = 0;
2235 }
2236 }
2237#endif
2238
2239 /*
2240 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2241 */
2242 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2243 if (movelen <= 1)
2244 {
2245 /*
2246 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002247 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2248 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002249 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002250 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2251#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2252 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2253#endif
2254 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002255 {
2256 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2257#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2258 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2259#endif
2260#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2261 if (has_mbyte)
2262 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2263 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2264#endif
2265 }
2266 count = oldlen - col;
2267 movelen = 1;
2268 }
2269
2270 /*
2271 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2272 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002273 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2274 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2275 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002276 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002278 if (usingNetbeans)
2279 was_alloced = FALSE;
2280 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002281#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002282 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283 if (was_alloced)
2284 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2285 else
2286 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2287 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2288 if (newp == NULL)
2289 return FAIL;
2290 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2291 }
2292 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2293 if (!was_alloced)
2294 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2295
2296 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2297 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2298
2299 return OK;
2300}
2301
2302/*
2303 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2304 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2305 *
2306 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2307 */
2308 int
2309truncate_line(fixpos)
2310 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2311{
2312 char_u *newp;
2313 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2314 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2315
2316 if (col == 0)
2317 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2318 else
2319 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2320
2321 if (newp == NULL)
2322 return FAIL;
2323
2324 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2325
2326 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2327 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2328
2329 /*
2330 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2331 */
2332 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2333 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2334
2335 return OK;
2336}
2337
2338/*
2339 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2340 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2341 */
2342 void
2343del_lines(nlines, undo)
2344 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2345 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2346{
2347 long n;
2348
2349 if (nlines <= 0)
2350 return;
2351
2352 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2353 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2354 return;
2355
2356 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2357 {
2358 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2359 break;
2360
2361 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2362 ++n;
2363
2364 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2365 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2366 break;
2367 }
2368 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2369 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2370
2371 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2372 check_cursor_lnum();
2373}
2374
2375 int
2376gchar_pos(pos)
2377 pos_T *pos;
2378{
2379 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2380
2381#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2382 if (has_mbyte)
2383 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2384#endif
2385 return (int)*ptr;
2386}
2387
2388 int
2389gchar_cursor()
2390{
2391#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2392 if (has_mbyte)
2393 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2394#endif
2395 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2396}
2397
2398/*
2399 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2400 * It is directly written into the block.
2401 */
2402 void
2403pchar_cursor(c)
2404 int c;
2405{
2406 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2407 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2408}
2409
2410#if 0 /* not used */
2411/*
2412 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2413 */
2414 void
2415goto_endofbuf(pos)
2416 pos_T *pos;
2417{
2418 char_u *p;
2419
2420 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2421 pos->col = 0;
2422 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2423 while (*p++)
2424 ++pos->col;
2425}
2426#endif
2427
2428/*
2429 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2430 * non-blank in the line.
2431 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2432 * the line.
2433 */
2434 int
2435inindent(extra)
2436 int extra;
2437{
2438 char_u *ptr;
2439 colnr_T col;
2440
2441 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2442 ++ptr;
2443 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2444 return TRUE;
2445 else
2446 return FALSE;
2447}
2448
2449/*
2450 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2451 */
2452 char_u *
2453skip_to_option_part(p)
2454 char_u *p;
2455{
2456 if (*p == ',')
2457 ++p;
2458 while (*p == ' ')
2459 ++p;
2460 return p;
2461}
2462
2463/*
2464 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2465 *
2466 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2467 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2468 */
2469 void
2470changed()
2471{
2472#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2473 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2474 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2475 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2476 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2477 return;
2478 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2479#endif
2480
2481 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2482 {
2483 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2484
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002485 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2486 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002488
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002489 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2490 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2491 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2492#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2493 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2494#endif
2495 )
2496 {
2497 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2498
2499 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2500 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2501 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2502 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2503 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2504 {
2505 out_flush();
2506 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2507 wait_return(TRUE);
2508 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2509 }
2510 }
2511 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002512 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002513#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2514 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002515 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002516#endif
2517#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2518 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2519#endif
2520 }
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522}
2523
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002524static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2525static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002526static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2527
2528/*
2529 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2530 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2531 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2532 * - invalidates cached values
2533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2624 */
2625 void
2626deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2627 linenr_T lnum;
2628 long count;
2629{
2630 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2631 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2632}
2633
2634/*
2635 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2636 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2637 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2638 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2639 * - invalidate cached values
2640 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2641 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2642 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2643 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2644 */
2645 void
2646changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2647 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2648 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2649 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2650 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2651{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002652 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2653
2654#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2655 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2656 {
2657 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2658 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2659 * displaying. */
2660 win_T *wp;
2661 linenr_T wlnum;
2662
2663 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2664 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2665 {
2666 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2667 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2668 if (wlnum > 0)
2669 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2670 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2671 }
2672 }
2673#endif
2674
2675 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2676}
2677
2678 static void
2679changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2680 buf_T *buf;
2681 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2682 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2683 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2684{
2685 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686 {
2687 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002688 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2689 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2690 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002691 {
2692 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002693 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2694 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2695 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002697 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2699 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002704 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2705 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2706 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2707 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002708 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709}
2710
2711 static void
2712changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2713 linenr_T lnum;
2714 colnr_T col;
2715 linenr_T lnume;
2716 long xtra;
2717{
2718 win_T *wp;
2719 int i;
2720#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2721 int cols;
2722 pos_T *p;
2723 int add;
2724#endif
2725
2726 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2727 changed();
2728
2729 /* set the '. mark */
2730 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2731 {
2732 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2733 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2734
2735#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2736 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2737 * don't have an entry yet. */
2738 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2739 {
2740 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2741 add = TRUE;
2742 else
2743 {
2744 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2745 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2746 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2747 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2748 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2749 add = TRUE;
2750 else
2751 {
2752 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2753 if (cols == 0)
2754 cols = 79;
2755 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2756 }
2757 }
2758 if (add)
2759 {
2760 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2761 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2762 * position in the changelist. */
2763 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2764
2765 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2766 {
2767 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2768 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2769 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2770 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2771 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2772 {
2773 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2774 * this buffer. */
2775 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2776 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2777 }
2778 }
2779 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2780 {
2781 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2782 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2783 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2784 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2785 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2786 }
2787 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2788 }
2789 }
2790 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2791 curbuf->b_last_change;
2792 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2793 * takes you back to it. */
2794 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2795#endif
2796 }
2797
2798 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2799 {
2800 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2801 {
2802 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2803 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2804 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2805
2806 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2807 * values for the cursor. */
2808#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2809 /*
2810 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2811 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2812 */
2813 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2814
2815 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2816 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2817 * might be displayed differently.
2818 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2819 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2820 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2821 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2822 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2823 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2824 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2825 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2826
2827 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2828 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2829 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2830 {
2831 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2832 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2833 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2834 }
2835#endif
2836
2837 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2838 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2839 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2840 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2841 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2842 {
2843 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2844 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2845 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2849 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2850 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2851 * after the change. */
2852 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2853 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2854 {
2855 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2856 {
2857 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2858 {
2859 /* line included in change */
2860 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2861 }
2862 else if (xtra != 0)
2863 {
2864 /* line below change */
2865 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2866#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2867 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2868#endif
2869 }
2870 }
2871#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2872 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2873 {
2874 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2875 * may need to be redrawn */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2877 }
2878#endif
2879 }
2880 }
2881 }
2882
2883 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2884 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2885 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2886 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002887
2888#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2889 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002890 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2891 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002892 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2893#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002894}
2895
2896/*
2897 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2898 */
2899 void
2900unchanged(buf, ff)
2901 buf_T *buf;
2902 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2903{
2904 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2905 {
2906 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002907 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002908 if (ff)
2909 save_file_ff(buf);
2910#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2911 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002912 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002913#endif
2914#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2915 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2916#endif
2917 }
2918 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002919#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2920 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2921#endif
2922}
2923
2924#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2925/*
2926 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2927 * need to be updated
2928 */
2929 void
2930check_status(buf)
2931 buf_T *buf;
2932{
2933 win_T *wp;
2934
2935 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2936 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2937 {
2938 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2939 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2940 must_redraw = VALID;
2941 }
2942}
2943#endif
2944
2945/*
2946 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2947 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2948 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002949 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002950 * will be TRUE.
2951 */
2952 void
2953change_warning(col)
2954 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2955 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2956{
2957 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2958 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2959#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2960 && !autocmd_busy
2961#endif
2962 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2963 {
2964#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002965 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002967 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2969 return;
2970#endif
2971 /*
2972 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2973 * be after the mode message.
2974 */
2975 msg_start();
2976 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2977 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002978 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2980 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2981 msg_clr_eos();
2982 (void)msg_end();
2983 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2984 {
2985 out_flush();
2986 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2987 }
2988 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2989 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2990 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2991 showmode();
2992 }
2993}
2994
2995/*
2996 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2997 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2998 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2999 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3000 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3001 *
3002 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3003 */
3004 int
3005ask_yesno(str, direct)
3006 char_u *str;
3007 int direct;
3008{
3009 int r = ' ';
3010 int save_State = State;
3011
3012 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3013 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3014 ++no_wait_return;
3015#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3016 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3017#endif
3018 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3019#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3020 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3021#endif
3022 ++no_mapping;
3023 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3024
3025 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3026 {
3027 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3028 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3029 if (direct)
3030 r = get_keystroke();
3031 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003032 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003033 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3034 r = 'n';
3035 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3036 out_flush();
3037 }
3038 --no_wait_return;
3039 State = save_State;
3040#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3041 setmouse();
3042#endif
3043 --no_mapping;
3044 --allow_keys;
3045
3046 return r;
3047}
3048
3049/*
3050 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3051 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3052 * button (used at the more prompt).
3053 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3054 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3055 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3056 */
3057 int
3058get_keystroke()
3059{
3060#define CBUFLEN 151
3061 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3062 int len = 0;
3063 int n;
3064 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003065 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003066
3067 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3068 for (;;)
3069 {
3070 cursor_on();
3071 out_flush();
3072
3073 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3074 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3075 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3076 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3077 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3078 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3079 if (n > 0)
3080 {
3081 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3082 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3083 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003084 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003086 else if (len > 0)
3087 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003089 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3090 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3091 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003092 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003093
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003094 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3095 if (n > 0)
3096 len = n;
3097 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3098 continue;
3099
3100 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3101 n = buf[0];
3102 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3103 {
3104 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3105 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3106 || n == K_IGNORE
3107#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3108 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3109 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3110 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3111 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3112 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3113 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3114 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3115 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3116 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3117 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3118 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3119 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3120 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3121 || n == K_X1DRAG
3122 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3123 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3124 || n == K_X2DRAG
3125 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3126# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3127 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3128 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3129# endif
3130#endif
3131 )
3132 {
3133 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3134 mod_mask = buf[2];
3135 len -= 3;
3136 if (len > 0)
3137 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3138 continue;
3139 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003140 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003141 }
3142#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3143 if (has_mbyte)
3144 {
3145 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3146 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3147 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3148 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3149 }
3150#endif
3151#ifdef UNIX
3152 if (n == intr_char)
3153 n = ESC;
3154#endif
3155 break;
3156 }
3157
3158 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3159 return n;
3160}
3161
3162/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003163 * Get a number from the user.
3164 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165 */
3166 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003167get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3168 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3169 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003170{
3171 int n = 0;
3172 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003173 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003174
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003175 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3176 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3177
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003178 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3179 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3180 if (msg_silent != 0)
3181 return 0;
3182
3183#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3184 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3185#endif
3186 ++no_mapping;
3187 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3188 for (;;)
3189 {
3190 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3191 c = safe_vgetc();
3192 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3193 {
3194 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3195 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003196 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003197 }
3198 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3199 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003200 if (typed > 0)
3201 {
3202 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3203 --typed;
3204 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003205 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003206 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003207#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3208 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3209 {
3210 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3211 n = mouse_row + 1;
3212 break;
3213 }
3214#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003215 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3216 {
3217 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3218 if (!exmode_active)
3219 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3220 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3221 do_redraw = FALSE;
3222 break;
3223 }
3224 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3225 break;
3226 }
3227 --no_mapping;
3228 --allow_keys;
3229 return n;
3230}
3231
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003232/*
3233 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003234 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3235 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003236 */
3237 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003238prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3239 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003240{
3241 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003242 int save_cmdline_row;
3243 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003244
3245 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003246 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3247 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3248 else
3249 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003250
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003251 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3252 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003253 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003254 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003255 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003256 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003257
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003258 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3259 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003260 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003261 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3262 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003263 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3264 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3265 msg_didany = FALSE;
3266 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003267 else
3268 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3269 State = save_State;
3270
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003271 return i;
3272}
3273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274 void
3275msgmore(n)
3276 long n;
3277{
3278 long pn;
3279
3280 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003281 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3282 return;
3283
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003284 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3285 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3286 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3287 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3288 return;
3289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003290 if (n > 0)
3291 pn = n;
3292 else
3293 pn = -n;
3294
3295 if (pn > p_report)
3296 {
3297 if (pn == 1)
3298 {
3299 if (n > 0)
3300 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3301 else
3302 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3303 }
3304 else
3305 {
3306 if (n > 0)
3307 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3308 else
3309 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3310 }
3311 if (got_int)
3312 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3313 if (msg(msg_buf))
3314 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003315 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003316 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003317 }
3318 }
3319}
3320
3321/*
3322 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3323 */
3324 void
3325beep_flush()
3326{
3327 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3328 {
3329 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3330 vim_beep();
3331 }
3332}
3333
3334/*
3335 * give a warning for an error
3336 */
3337 void
3338vim_beep()
3339{
3340 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3341 {
3342 if (p_vb
3343#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3344 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3345 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3346 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3347#endif
3348 )
3349 {
3350 out_str(T_VB);
3351 }
3352 else
3353 {
3354#ifdef MSDOS
3355 /*
3356 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3357 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3358 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3359 */
3360 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3361 {
3362 out_char(BELL);
3363 beep_count = 1;
3364 }
3365 else
3366 ++beep_count;
3367#else
3368 out_char(BELL);
3369#endif
3370 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003371
3372 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3373 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3374 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3375 {
3376 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3377 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3378 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379 }
3380}
3381
3382/*
3383 * To get the "real" home directory:
3384 * - get value of $HOME
3385 * For Unix:
3386 * - go to that directory
3387 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3388 * This also works with mounts and links.
3389 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3390 */
3391static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3392
3393 void
3394init_homedir()
3395{
3396 char_u *var;
3397
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003398 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3399 vim_free(homedir);
3400 homedir = NULL;
3401
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402#ifdef VMS
3403 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3404#else
3405 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3406#endif
3407
3408 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3409 var = NULL;
3410
3411#ifdef WIN3264
3412 /*
3413 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3414 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3415 * when $HOME is being set.
3416 */
3417 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3418 {
3419 char_u *p;
3420 char_u *exp;
3421
3422 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3423 if (p != NULL)
3424 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003425 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003426 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3427 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3428 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3429 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003430 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003431 var = NameBuff;
3432 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3433 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3434 }
3435 }
3436 }
3437
3438 /*
3439 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3440 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3441 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3442 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3443 */
3444 if (var == NULL)
3445 {
3446 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3447
3448 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3449 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3450 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3451 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3452 {
3453 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3454 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3455 {
3456 var = NameBuff;
3457 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3458 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3459 }
3460 }
3461 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003462
3463# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3464 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3465 {
3466 int len;
3467 char_u *pp;
3468
3469 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3470 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003471 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003472 if (pp != NULL)
3473 {
3474 homedir = pp;
3475 return;
3476 }
3477 }
3478# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479#endif
3480
3481#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3482 /*
3483 * Default home dir is C:/
3484 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3485 */
3486 if (var == NULL)
3487 var = "C:/";
3488#endif
3489 if (var != NULL)
3490 {
3491#ifdef UNIX
3492 /*
3493 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3494 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3495 */
3496 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3497 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3498 {
3499 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3500 var = IObuff;
3501 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3502 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3503 }
3504#endif
3505 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3506 }
3507}
3508
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003509#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3510 void
3511free_homedir()
3512{
3513 vim_free(homedir);
3514}
3515#endif
3516
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003518 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3519 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3520 * again soon.
3521 */
3522 char_u *
3523expand_env_save(src)
3524 char_u *src;
3525{
3526 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3527}
3528
3529/*
3530 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3531 * expand "~" at the start.
3532 */
3533 char_u *
3534expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3535 char_u *src;
3536 int one;
3537{
3538 char_u *p;
3539
3540 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3541 if (p != NULL)
3542 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3543 return p;
3544}
3545
3546/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003547 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3548 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003549 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003550 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3551 */
3552 void
3553expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3554 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3555 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3556 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3557{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003558 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003559}
3560
3561 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003562expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003563 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003564 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3565 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3566 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003567 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003568 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003569{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003570 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003571 char_u *tail;
3572 int c;
3573 char_u *var;
3574 int copy_char;
3575 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3576 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003577 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003579 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003580 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003581
3582 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003583 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3584 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3585 {
3586 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003587 if ((*src == '$'
3588#ifdef VMS
3589 && at_start
3590#endif
3591 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3593 || *src == '%'
3594#endif
3595 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3596 {
3597 mustfree = FALSE;
3598
3599 /*
3600 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3601 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3602 */
3603 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3604 {
3605 tail = src + 1;
3606 var = dst;
3607 c = dstlen - 1;
3608
3609#ifdef UNIX
3610 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3611 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3612 {
3613 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3614 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3615 *var++ = *tail++;
3616 }
3617 else
3618#endif
3619 {
3620 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3621#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3622 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3623#endif
3624 ))
3625 {
3626#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3627 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3628 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3629#else
3630 *var++ = *tail++;
3631#endif
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3636# ifdef UNIX
3637 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3638# else
3639 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3640# endif
3641 var = NULL;
3642 else
3643 {
3644# ifdef UNIX
3645 if (src[1] == '{')
3646# else
3647 if (*src == '%')
3648#endif
3649 ++tail;
3650#endif
3651 *var = NUL;
3652 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3653#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3654 }
3655#endif
3656 }
3657 /* home directory */
3658 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3659 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3660 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3661 {
3662 var = homedir;
3663 tail = src + 1;
3664 }
3665 else /* user directory */
3666 {
3667#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3668 /*
3669 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3670 */
3671 tail = src;
3672 var = dst;
3673 c = dstlen - 1;
3674 while ( c-- > 0
3675 && *tail
3676 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3677 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3678 *var++ = *tail++;
3679 *var = NUL;
3680# ifdef UNIX
3681 /*
3682 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3683 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3684 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3685 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3686 */
3687# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3688 {
3689 struct passwd *pw;
3690
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003691 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3692 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003693 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3694 if (pw != NULL)
3695 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3696 else
3697 var = NULL;
3698 }
3699 if (var == NULL)
3700# endif
3701 {
3702 expand_T xpc;
3703
3704 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3705 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3706 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3707 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708 mustfree = TRUE;
3709 }
3710
3711# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3712 /*
3713 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3714 * directories to search for the user account in.
3715 */
3716 {
3717 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3718 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3719 struct stat st;
3720
3721 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3722 next_path = paths;
3723 while (*next_path)
3724 {
3725 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3726 next_path++);
3727 if (*next_path)
3728 *next_path++ = NUL;
3729 STRCPY(test, path);
3730 STRCAT(test, "/");
3731 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3732 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3733 {
3734 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3735 STRCPY(var, test);
3736 mustfree = TRUE;
3737 break;
3738 }
3739 }
3740 }
3741# endif /* UNIX */
3742#else
3743 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3744 var = NULL;
3745 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3746#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3747 }
3748
3749#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3750 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3751 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3752 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3753 {
3754 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3755
3756 if (p != NULL)
3757 {
3758 if (mustfree)
3759 vim_free(var);
3760 var = p;
3761 mustfree = TRUE;
3762 forward_slash(var);
3763 }
3764 }
3765#endif
3766
3767 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3768 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3769 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3770 {
3771 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3772
3773 if (p != NULL)
3774 {
3775 if (mustfree)
3776 vim_free(var);
3777 var = p;
3778 mustfree = TRUE;
3779 }
3780 }
3781
3782 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3783 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3784 {
3785 STRCPY(dst, var);
3786 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003787 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003788 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3789 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003790 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003791#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3792 && dst[-1] != ':'
3793#endif
3794 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3795 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003796 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003797 src = tail;
3798 copy_char = FALSE;
3799 }
3800 if (mustfree)
3801 vim_free(var);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3805 {
3806 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003807 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003808 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3809 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810 */
3811 at_start = FALSE;
3812 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3813 {
3814 *dst++ = *src++;
3815 --dstlen;
3816 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003817 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003818 at_start = TRUE;
3819 *dst++ = *src++;
3820 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003821
3822 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3823 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3824 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825 }
3826 }
3827 *dst = NUL;
3828}
3829
3830/*
3831 * Vim's version of getenv().
3832 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003833 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003834 */
3835 char_u *
3836vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3837 char_u *name;
3838 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3839{
3840 char_u *p;
3841 char_u *pend;
3842 int vimruntime;
3843
3844#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3845 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3846 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3847 return homedir;
3848#endif
3849
3850 p = mch_getenv(name);
3851 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3852 p = NULL;
3853
3854 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003855 {
3856#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3857 if (enc_utf8)
3858 {
3859 int len;
3860 char_u *pp;
3861
3862 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3863 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003864 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003865 if (pp != NULL)
3866 {
3867 p = pp;
3868 *mustfree = TRUE;
3869 }
3870 }
3871#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003872 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003873 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874
3875 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3876 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3877 return NULL;
3878
3879 /*
3880 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3881 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3882 */
3883 if (vimruntime
3884#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3885 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3886#endif
3887 )
3888 {
3889 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3890 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3891 p = NULL;
3892 if (p != NULL)
3893 {
3894 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3895 if (p != NULL)
3896 *mustfree = TRUE;
3897 else
3898 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003899
3900#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3901 if (enc_utf8)
3902 {
3903 int len;
3904 char_u *pp;
3905
3906 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3907 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3908 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003909 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003910 if (pp != NULL)
3911 {
3912 if (mustfree)
3913 vim_free(p);
3914 p = pp;
3915 *mustfree = TRUE;
3916 }
3917 }
3918#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919 }
3920 }
3921
3922 /*
3923 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3924 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3925 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3926 */
3927 if (p == NULL)
3928 {
3929 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3930 p = p_hf;
3931#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3932 /*
3933 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3934 */
3935 else
3936 p = exe_name;
3937#endif
3938 if (p != NULL)
3939 {
3940 /* remove the file name */
3941 pend = gettail(p);
3942
3943 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3944 if (p == p_hf)
3945 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3946
3947#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3948# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003949 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003950 if (p == exe_name)
3951 {
3952 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003953 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003954
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003955 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3956 if (pend1 != pend)
3957 {
3958 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3959 if (pnew != NULL)
3960 {
3961 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3962 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3963 p = pnew;
3964 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3965 }
3966 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967 }
3968# endif
3969 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3970 if (p == exe_name)
3971 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3972#endif
3973
3974 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3975 if (!vimruntime)
3976 {
3977 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3978 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3979 }
3980
3981 /* remove trailing path separator */
3982#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3983 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00003984 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003985 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003986 --pend;
3987#endif
3988
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003989#ifdef MACOS_X
3990 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3991#endif
3992 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3993 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994
3995 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3996 {
3997 vim_free(p);
3998 p = NULL;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 {
4002#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4003 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4004 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4005 {
4006 vim_free(p);
4007 p = pend;
4008 }
4009#endif
4010 *mustfree = TRUE;
4011 }
4012 }
4013 }
4014
4015#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4016 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4017 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4018 if (p == NULL)
4019 {
4020 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4021 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4022 {
4023 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4024 *mustfree = FALSE;
4025 }
4026 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4027 {
4028 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4029 *mustfree = TRUE;
4030 else
4031 {
4032 p = default_vim_dir;
4033 *mustfree = FALSE;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 }
4037#endif
4038
4039 /*
4040 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4041 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4042 */
4043 if (p != NULL)
4044 {
4045 if (vimruntime)
4046 {
4047 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4048 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4049#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4050 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004051 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004052
4053 if (buf != NULL)
4054 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004055 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4056 vim_free(buf);
4057 }
4058 }
4059#endif
4060 }
4061 else
4062 {
4063 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4064 didset_vim = TRUE;
4065 }
4066 }
4067 return p;
4068}
4069
4070/*
4071 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4072 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4073 */
4074 static char_u *
4075vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4076 char_u *vimdir;
4077{
4078 char_u *p;
4079
4080 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4081 return NULL;
4082 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4083 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4084 return p;
4085 vim_free(p);
4086 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4087 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4088 return p;
4089 vim_free(p);
4090 return NULL;
4091}
4092
4093/*
4094 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4095 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4096 */
4097 static char_u *
4098remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4099 char_u *p;
4100 char_u *pend;
4101 char_u *name;
4102{
4103 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4104 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4105
4106 if (newend >= p
4107 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004108 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004109 return newend;
4110 return pend;
4111}
4112
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004113/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004114 * Our portable version of setenv.
4115 */
4116 void
4117vim_setenv(name, val)
4118 char_u *name;
4119 char_u *val;
4120{
4121#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4122 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4123#else
4124 char_u *envbuf;
4125
4126 /*
4127 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4128 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4129 */
4130 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4131 if (envbuf != NULL)
4132 {
4133 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4134 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4135 }
4136#endif
4137}
4138
4139#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4140/*
4141 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4142 */
4143/*ARGSUSED*/
4144 char_u *
4145get_env_name(xp, idx)
4146 expand_T *xp;
4147 int idx;
4148{
4149# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4150 /*
4151 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4152 */
4153 return NULL;
4154# else
4155# ifndef __WIN32__
4156 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4157 extern char **environ;
4158# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004159# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4160 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004161 char_u *str;
4162 int n;
4163
4164 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4165 if (str == NULL)
4166 return NULL;
4167
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004168 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 {
4170 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4171 break;
4172 name[n] = str[n];
4173 }
4174 name[n] = NUL;
4175 return name;
4176# endif
4177}
4178#endif
4179
4180/*
4181 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4182 * 'src'.
4183 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4184 */
4185 void
4186home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4187 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4188 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4189 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4190 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4191 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4192 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4193{
4194 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4195 size_t len;
4196 char_u *homedir_env;
4197 char_u *p;
4198
4199 if (src == NULL)
4200 {
4201 *dst = NUL;
4202 return;
4203 }
4204
4205 /*
4206 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4207 */
4208 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4209 {
4210 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4211 return;
4212 }
4213
4214 /*
4215 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4216 * "real" home directory.
4217 */
4218 if (homedir != NULL)
4219 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4220
4221#ifdef VMS
4222 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4223#else
4224 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4225#endif
4226
4227 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4228 homedir_env = NULL;
4229 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4230 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4231
4232 if (!one)
4233 src = skipwhite(src);
4234 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4235 {
4236 /*
4237 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4238 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4239 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4240 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4241 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4242 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4243 * er's home directory)).
4244 */
4245 p = homedir;
4246 len = dirlen;
4247 for (;;)
4248 {
4249 if ( len
4250 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4251 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4252 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4253 || src[len] == NUL))
4254 {
4255 src += len;
4256 if (--dstlen > 0)
4257 *dst++ = '~';
4258
4259 /*
4260 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4261 */
4262 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4263 *dst++ = '/';
4264 break;
4265 }
4266 if (p == homedir_env)
4267 break;
4268 p = homedir_env;
4269 len = envlen;
4270 }
4271
4272 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4273 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4274 *dst++ = *src++;
4275 /* skip separator */
4276 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4277 *dst++ = *src++;
4278 }
4279 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4280
4281 *dst = NUL;
4282}
4283
4284/*
4285 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4286 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4287 */
4288 char_u *
4289home_replace_save(buf, src)
4290 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4291 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4292{
4293 char_u *dst;
4294 unsigned len;
4295
4296 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4297 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4298 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4299 dst = alloc(len);
4300 if (dst != NULL)
4301 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4302 return dst;
4303}
4304
4305/*
4306 * Compare two file names and return:
4307 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4308 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4309 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4310 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4311 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4312 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4313 */
4314 int
4315fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4316 char_u *s1, *s2;
4317 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4318{
4319#ifdef UNIX
4320 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4321 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4322 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4323 struct stat st1, st2;
4324 int r1, r2;
4325
4326 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4327 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4328 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4329 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4330 {
4331 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4332 if (checkname)
4333 {
4334 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4335 return FPC_SAMEX;
4336 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4337 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4338 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4339 return FPC_SAMEX;
4340 }
4341 return FPC_NOTX;
4342 }
4343 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4344 return FPC_DIFFX;
4345 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4346 return FPC_SAME;
4347 return FPC_DIFF;
4348#else
4349 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4350 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4351 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4352 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4353 int r1, r2;
4354
4355 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4356 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4357 {
4358 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4359 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4360
4361 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4362 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4363 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4364
4365 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4366 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4367 {
4368 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4369 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4370 else
4371 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4372 }
4373 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4374 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4375 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4376 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4377 else
4378 retval = FPC_SAME;
4379 vim_free(exp1);
4380 }
4381 return retval;
4382#endif
4383}
4384
4385/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004386 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4387 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004388 */
4389 char_u *
4390gettail(fname)
4391 char_u *fname;
4392{
4393 char_u *p1, *p2;
4394
4395 if (fname == NULL)
4396 return (char_u *)"";
4397 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4398 {
4399 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4400 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004401 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004402 }
4403 return p1;
4404}
4405
4406/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004407 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4408 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4409 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4410 */
4411 char_u *
4412gettail_sep(fname)
4413 char_u *fname;
4414{
4415 char_u *p;
4416 char_u *t;
4417
4418 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4419 t = gettail(fname);
4420 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4421 --t;
4422#ifdef VMS
4423 /* path separator is part of the path */
4424 ++t;
4425#endif
4426 return t;
4427}
4428
4429/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004430 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4431 */
4432 char_u *
4433getnextcomp(fname)
4434 char_u *fname;
4435{
4436 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004437 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004438 if (*fname)
4439 ++fname;
4440 return fname;
4441}
4442
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004443/*
4444 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4445 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4446 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4447 */
4448 char_u *
4449get_past_head(path)
4450 char_u *path;
4451{
4452 char_u *retval;
4453
4454#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4455 /* may skip "c:" */
4456 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4457 retval = path + 2;
4458 else
4459 retval = path;
4460#else
4461# if defined(AMIGA)
4462 /* may skip "label:" */
4463 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4464 if (retval == NULL)
4465 retval = path;
4466# else /* Unix */
4467 retval = path;
4468# endif
4469#endif
4470
4471 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4472 ++retval;
4473
4474 return retval;
4475}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004476
4477/*
4478 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4479 */
4480 int
4481vim_ispathsep(c)
4482 int c;
4483{
4484#ifdef RISCOS
4485 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4486#else
4487# ifdef UNIX
4488 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4489# else
4490# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4491 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4492# else
4493# ifdef VMS
4494 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4495 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4496 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004497# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004499# endif /* VMS */
4500# endif
4501# endif
4502#endif /* RISC OS */
4503}
4504
4505#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4506/*
4507 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4508 */
4509 int
4510vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4511 int c;
4512{
4513#ifdef UNIX
4514 return (c == ':');
4515#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004516 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004517#endif
4518}
4519#endif
4520
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004521#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4522 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4523/*
4524 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4525 * It's done in-place.
4526 */
4527 void
4528shorten_dir(str)
4529 char_u *str;
4530{
4531 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4532 int skip = FALSE;
4533
4534 tail = gettail(str);
4535 d = str;
4536 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4537 {
4538 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4539 {
4540 *d++ = *s;
4541 if (*s == NUL)
4542 break;
4543 }
4544 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4545 {
4546 *d++ = *s;
4547 skip = FALSE;
4548 }
4549 else if (!skip)
4550 {
4551 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4552 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4553 skip = TRUE;
4554# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4555 if (has_mbyte)
4556 {
4557 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4558
4559 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004560 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004561 }
4562# endif
4563 }
4564 }
4565}
4566#endif
4567
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004568/*
4569 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4570 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4571 * "fname" must be writable!.
4572 */
4573 int
4574dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4575 char_u *fname;
4576{
4577 char_u *p;
4578 int c;
4579 int retval;
4580
4581 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4582 if (p == fname)
4583 return TRUE;
4584 c = *p;
4585 *p = NUL;
4586 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4587 *p = c;
4588 return retval;
4589}
4590
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004591#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4592 || defined(PROTO)
4593/*
4594 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4595 */
4596 int
4597vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4598 char_u *x, *y;
4599{
4600 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4601}
4602
4603 int
4604vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4605 char_u *x, *y;
4606 size_t len;
4607{
4608 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4609 {
4610 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4611 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4612 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4613 break;
4614 ++x;
4615 ++y;
4616 --len;
4617 }
4618 if (len == 0)
4619 return 0;
4620 return (*x - *y);
4621}
4622#endif
4623
4624/*
4625 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004626 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004627 */
4628 char_u *
4629concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4630 char_u *fname1;
4631 char_u *fname2;
4632 int sep;
4633{
4634 char_u *dest;
4635
4636 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4637 if (dest != NULL)
4638 {
4639 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4640 if (sep)
4641 add_pathsep(dest);
4642 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4643 }
4644 return dest;
4645}
4646
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004647#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4648/*
4649 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4650 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4651 */
4652 char_u *
4653concat_str(str1, str2)
4654 char_u *str1;
4655 char_u *str2;
4656{
4657 char_u *dest;
4658 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4659
4660 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4661 if (dest != NULL)
4662 {
4663 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4664 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4665 }
4666 return dest;
4667}
4668#endif
4669
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670/*
4671 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4672 * separator.
4673 */
4674 void
4675add_pathsep(p)
4676 char_u *p;
4677{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004678 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004679 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4680}
4681
4682/*
4683 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4684 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4685 */
4686 char_u *
4687FullName_save(fname, force)
4688 char_u *fname;
4689 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4690 like a full path name */
4691{
4692 char_u *buf;
4693 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4694
4695 if (fname == NULL)
4696 return NULL;
4697
4698 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4699 if (buf != NULL)
4700 {
4701 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4702 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4703 else
4704 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4705 vim_free(buf);
4706 }
4707 return new_fname;
4708}
4709
4710#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4711
4712static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4713
4714/*
4715 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4716 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4717 */
4718 pos_T *
4719find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4720 int ind_maxcomment;
4721{
4722 pos_T *pos;
4723 char_u *line;
4724 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004725 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004726
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004727 for (;;)
4728 {
4729 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4730 if (pos == NULL)
4731 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004732
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004733 /*
4734 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4735 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4736 */
4737 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4738 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4739 p = skip_string(p);
4740 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4741 break;
4742 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4743 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4744 {
4745 pos = NULL;
4746 break;
4747 }
4748 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004749 return pos;
4750}
4751
4752/*
4753 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4754 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4755 */
4756 static char_u *
4757skip_string(p)
4758 char_u *p;
4759{
4760 int i;
4761
4762 /*
4763 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4764 */
4765 for ( ; ; ++p)
4766 {
4767 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4768 {
4769 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4770 break;
4771 i = 2;
4772 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4773 {
4774 ++i;
4775 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4776 ++i;
4777 }
4778 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4779 {
4780 p += i;
4781 continue;
4782 }
4783 }
4784 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4785 {
4786 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4787 {
4788 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4789 ++p;
4790 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4791 break;
4792 }
4793 if (p[0] == '"')
4794 continue;
4795 }
4796 break; /* no string found */
4797 }
4798 if (!*p)
4799 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4800 return p;
4801}
4802#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4803
4804#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4805
4806/*
4807 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4808 */
4809 void
4810do_c_expr_indent()
4811{
4812# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4813 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4814 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4815 else
4816# endif
4817 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4818}
4819
4820/*
4821 * Functions for C-indenting.
4822 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4823 */
4824/*
4825 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4826 */
4827
4828static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4829static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4830static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4831static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4832static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4833static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4834static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4835static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4836static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4837static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4838static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4839static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4840static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4841static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4842static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4843static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4844static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4845static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4846static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4847static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4848static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004849static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004850static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004851static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004852static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004853static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4854static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4855static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4856static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4857static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4858static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4859static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4860
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004861static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4862
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004863/*
4864 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004865 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004866 */
4867 static char_u *
4868cin_skipcomment(s)
4869 char_u *s;
4870{
4871 while (*s)
4872 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004873 char_u *prev_s = s;
4874
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004875 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004876
4877 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4878 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4879 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4880 {
4881 s += STRLEN(s);
4882 break;
4883 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004884 if (*s != '/')
4885 break;
4886 ++s;
4887 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4888 {
4889 s += STRLEN(s);
4890 break;
4891 }
4892 if (*s != '*')
4893 break;
4894 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4895 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4896 {
4897 s += 2;
4898 break;
4899 }
4900 }
4901 return s;
4902}
4903
4904/*
4905 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4906 * not considered code.
4907 */
4908 static int
4909cin_nocode(s)
4910 char_u *s;
4911{
4912 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4913}
4914
4915/*
4916 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4917 */
4918 static pos_T *
4919find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4920{
4921 static pos_T pos;
4922 char_u *line;
4923 char_u *p;
4924
4925 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4926 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4927 {
4928 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4929 p = skipwhite(line);
4930 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4931 {
4932 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4933 return &pos;
4934 }
4935 if (*p != NUL)
4936 break;
4937 }
4938 return NULL;
4939}
4940
4941/*
4942 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4943 */
4944 static int
4945cin_islabel_skip(s)
4946 char_u **s;
4947{
4948 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4949 return FALSE;
4950
4951 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4952 (*s)++;
4953
4954 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4955
4956 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4957 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4958}
4959
4960/*
4961 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4962 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4963 */
4964 int
4965cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4966 int ind_maxcomment;
4967{
4968 char_u *s;
4969
4970 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4971
4972 /*
4973 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4974 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4975 */
4976 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4977 return FALSE;
4978 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4979 return FALSE;
4980
4981 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4982 {
4983 /*
4984 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4985 * label.
4986 */
4987 pos_T cursor_save;
4988 pos_T *trypos;
4989 char_u *line;
4990
4991 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4992 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4993 {
4994 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4995
4996 /*
4997 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4998 */
4999 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5000 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5001 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5002
5003 line = ml_get_curline();
5004 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5005 continue;
5006 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5007 continue;
5008
5009 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5010 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5011 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5012 || cin_iscase(line)
5013 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5014 return TRUE;
5015 return FALSE;
5016 }
5017 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5018 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5019 }
5020 return FALSE;
5021}
5022
5023/*
5024 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5025 * Q&D-Implementation:
5026 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5027 */
5028 static int
5029cin_isinit(void)
5030{
5031 char_u *s;
5032
5033 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5034
5035 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5036 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5037
5038 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5039 return TRUE;
5040
5041 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5042 return TRUE;
5043
5044 return FALSE;
5045}
5046
5047/*
5048 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5049 */
5050 int
5051cin_iscase(s)
5052 char_u *s;
5053{
5054 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5055 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5056 {
5057 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5058 {
5059 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5060 if (*s == ':')
5061 {
5062 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5063 ++s;
5064 else
5065 return TRUE;
5066 }
5067 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5068 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5069 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5070 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5071 else if (*s == '"')
5072 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5073 }
5074 return FALSE;
5075 }
5076
5077 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5078 return TRUE;
5079 return FALSE;
5080}
5081
5082/*
5083 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5084 */
5085 static int
5086cin_isdefault(s)
5087 char_u *s;
5088{
5089 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5090 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5091 && s[1] != ':');
5092}
5093
5094/*
5095 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5096 */
5097 int
5098cin_isscopedecl(s)
5099 char_u *s;
5100{
5101 int i;
5102
5103 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5104 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5105 i = 6;
5106 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5107 i = 9;
5108 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5109 i = 7;
5110 else
5111 return FALSE;
5112 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5113}
5114
5115/*
5116 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5117 * Return NULL if not found.
5118 * case 234: a = b;
5119 * ^
5120 */
5121 static char_u *
5122after_label(l)
5123 char_u *l;
5124{
5125 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5126 {
5127 if (*l == ':')
5128 {
5129 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5130 ++l;
5131 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5132 break;
5133 }
5134 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5135 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5136 }
5137 if (*l == NUL)
5138 return NULL;
5139 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5140 if (*l == NUL)
5141 return NULL;
5142 return l;
5143}
5144
5145/*
5146 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5147 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5148 */
5149 static int
5150get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5151 linenr_T lnum;
5152{
5153 char_u *l;
5154 pos_T fp;
5155 colnr_T col;
5156 char_u *p;
5157
5158 l = ml_get(lnum);
5159 p = after_label(l);
5160 if (p == NULL)
5161 return 0;
5162
5163 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5164 fp.lnum = lnum;
5165 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5166 return (int)col;
5167}
5168
5169/*
5170 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005171 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005172 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5173 * ^
5174 */
5175 static int
5176skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5177 linenr_T lnum;
5178 char_u **pp;
5179 int ind_maxcomment;
5180{
5181 char_u *l;
5182 int amount;
5183 pos_T cursor_save;
5184
5185 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5186 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5187 l = ml_get_curline();
5188 /* XXX */
5189 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5190 {
5191 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5192 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5193 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5194 l = ml_get_curline();
5195 }
5196 else
5197 {
5198 amount = get_indent();
5199 l = ml_get_curline();
5200 }
5201 *pp = l;
5202
5203 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5204 return amount;
5205}
5206
5207/*
5208 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5209 * int a, indent of "a"
5210 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5211 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5212 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5213 */
5214 static int
5215cin_first_id_amount()
5216{
5217 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5218 int len;
5219 pos_T fp;
5220 colnr_T col;
5221
5222 line = ml_get_curline();
5223 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005224 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5226 {
5227 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005228 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005229 }
5230 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5231 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5232 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5233 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5234 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5235 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5236 {
5237 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5238 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5239 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5240 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5241 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5242 p = s;
5243 }
5244 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5245 ;
5246 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5247 return 0;
5248
5249 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5250 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5251 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5252 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5253 return (int)col;
5254}
5255
5256/*
5257 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5258 * char *foo = "here";
5259 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5260 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5261 * foo = "asdf\
5262 * asdf\
5263 * here";
5264 */
5265 static int
5266cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5267 linenr_T lnum;
5268{
5269 char_u *line;
5270 char_u *s;
5271 colnr_T col;
5272 pos_T fp;
5273
5274 if (lnum > 1)
5275 {
5276 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5277 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5278 return -1;
5279 }
5280
5281 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5282 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5283 {
5284 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5285 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5286 else
5287 ++s;
5288 }
5289 if (*s != '=')
5290 return 0;
5291
5292 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5293 if (cin_nocode(s))
5294 return 0;
5295
5296 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5297 ++s;
5298
5299 fp.lnum = lnum;
5300 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5301 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5302 return (int)col;
5303}
5304
5305/*
5306 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5307 */
5308 static int
5309cin_ispreproc(s)
5310 char_u *s;
5311{
5312 s = skipwhite(s);
5313 if (*s == '#')
5314 return TRUE;
5315 return FALSE;
5316}
5317
5318/*
5319 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5320 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5321 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5322 */
5323 static int
5324cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5325 char_u **pp;
5326 linenr_T *lnump;
5327{
5328 char_u *line = *pp;
5329 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5330 int retval = FALSE;
5331
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005332 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005333 {
5334 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5335 {
5336 retval = TRUE;
5337 *lnump = lnum;
5338 break;
5339 }
5340 if (lnum == 1)
5341 break;
5342 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5343 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5344 break;
5345 }
5346
5347 if (lnum != *lnump)
5348 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5349 return retval;
5350}
5351
5352/*
5353 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5354 */
5355 static int
5356cin_iscomment(p)
5357 char_u *p;
5358{
5359 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5360}
5361
5362/*
5363 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5364 */
5365 static int
5366cin_islinecomment(p)
5367 char_u *p;
5368{
5369 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5370}
5371
5372/*
5373 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5374 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5375 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5376 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5377 */
5378 static int
5379cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5380 char_u *s;
5381 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5382 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5383{
5384 char_u found_start = 0;
5385
5386 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5387
5388 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5389 found_start = *s;
5390
5391 while (*s)
5392 {
5393 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5394 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5395 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5396 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5397 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5398 return *s;
5399
5400 if (*s)
5401 s++;
5402 }
5403 return found_start;
5404}
5405
5406/*
5407 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5408 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5409 * no semicolons anywhere.
5410 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5411 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5412 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5413 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5414 */
5415 static int
5416cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5417 char_u **sp;
5418 linenr_T first_lnum;
5419{
5420 char_u *s;
5421 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5422 int retval = FALSE;
5423
5424 if (sp == NULL)
5425 s = ml_get(lnum);
5426 else
5427 s = *sp;
5428
5429 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5430 {
5431 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5432 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5433 else
5434 ++s;
5435 }
5436 if (*s != '(')
5437 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5438
5439 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5440 {
5441 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5442 {
5443 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5444 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5445 * #if defined(x) && \
5446 * defined(y)
5447 */
5448 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5449 s = ml_get(lnum);
5450 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5451 retval = TRUE;
5452 goto done;
5453 }
5454 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5455 {
5456 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5457 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5458 break;
5459
5460 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5461 }
5462 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5463 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5464 else
5465 ++s;
5466 }
5467
5468done:
5469 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5470 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5471
5472 return retval;
5473}
5474
5475 static int
5476cin_isif(p)
5477 char_u *p;
5478{
5479 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5480}
5481
5482 static int
5483cin_iselse(p)
5484 char_u *p;
5485{
5486 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5487 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5488 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5489}
5490
5491 static int
5492cin_isdo(p)
5493 char_u *p;
5494{
5495 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5496}
5497
5498/*
5499 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5500 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5501 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5502 */
5503 static int
5504cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5505 char_u *p;
5506 linenr_T lnum;
5507 int ind_maxparen;
5508{
5509 pos_T cursor_save;
5510 pos_T *trypos;
5511 int retval = FALSE;
5512
5513 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5514 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5515 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5516 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5517 {
5518 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5519 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5520 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5521 p = ml_get_curline();
5522 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5523 {
5524 ++p;
5525 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5526 }
5527 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5528 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5529 retval = TRUE;
5530 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5531 }
5532 return retval;
5533}
5534
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005535/*
5536 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5537 * do
5538 * nothing;
5539 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005540 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005541 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5542 */
5543 static int
5544cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5545 int terminated;
5546 int ind_maxparen;
5547 int ind_maxcomment;
5548{
5549 char_u *line;
5550 char_u *p;
5551 char_u *s;
5552 pos_T *trypos;
5553 int i;
5554
5555 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5556 return FALSE;
5557
5558 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5559 while (*p != NUL)
5560 {
5561 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5562 if (*p == ')')
5563 {
5564 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5565 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5566 {
5567 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5568 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005569 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005570 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5571 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5572 if (trypos != NULL)
5573 {
5574 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5575 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5576 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5577 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5578 {
5579 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5580 return TRUE;
5581 }
5582 }
5583
5584 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5585 line = ml_get_curline();
5586 p = line + i;
5587 }
5588 }
5589 if (*p != NUL)
5590 ++p;
5591 }
5592 return FALSE;
5593}
5594
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595 static int
5596cin_isbreak(p)
5597 char_u *p;
5598{
5599 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5600}
5601
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005602/*
5603 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005604 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5605 *
5606 * class MyClass :
5607 * baseClass <-- here
5608 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5609 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5610 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5611 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005612 *
5613 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005614 */
5615 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005616cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005617 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005618{
5619 char_u *s;
5620 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005621 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005622 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005623
5624 *col = 0;
5625
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005626 s = skipwhite(line);
5627 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5628 return FALSE;
5629 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005630 if (*s == NUL)
5631 return FALSE;
5632
5633 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5634
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005635 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5636 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5637 * a = cond ?
5638 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005639 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005640 * func::foo()
5641 * : something
5642 * {}
5643 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5644 * : something(4),
5645 * somethingelse(3)
5646 * {}
5647 */
5648 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005649 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005650 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5651 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005652 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5653 break;
5654 while (*s != NUL)
5655 {
5656 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5657 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5658 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5659 break;
5660 if (*s != NUL)
5661 ++s;
5662 }
5663 if (*s != NUL)
5664 break;
5665 --lnum;
5666 }
5667
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005668 line = ml_get(lnum);
5669 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005670 for (;;)
5671 {
5672 if (*s == NUL)
5673 {
5674 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5675 break;
5676 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005677 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5678 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5679 if (*s == NUL)
5680 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005681 }
5682
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005683 if (s[0] == ':')
5684 {
5685 if (s[1] == ':')
5686 {
5687 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5688 * initialization any more */
5689 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5690 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5691 }
5692 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5693 {
5694 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005695 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5697 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5698 *col = 0;
5699 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5700 }
5701 else
5702 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5703 }
5704 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5705 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5706 {
5707 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5708 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5709
5710 if (*s == 'c')
5711 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5712 else
5713 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5714 }
5715 else
5716 {
5717 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5718 {
5719 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5720 }
5721 else if (s[0] == ')')
5722 {
5723 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5724 * something like "):" */
5725 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5726 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5727 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005728 else if (s[0] == '?')
5729 {
5730 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5731 return FALSE;
5732 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5734 {
5735 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5736 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5737 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5738 }
5739 else if (*col == 0)
5740 {
5741 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5742 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5743
5744 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005745 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005746 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5747 }
5748
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005749 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5750 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5751 *col = 0;
5752
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5754 }
5755 }
5756
5757 return cpp_base_class;
5758}
5759
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005760 static int
5761get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5762 int col;
5763 int ind_maxparen;
5764 int ind_maxcomment;
5765 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5766{
5767 int amount;
5768 colnr_T vcol;
5769 pos_T *trypos;
5770
5771 if (col == 0)
5772 {
5773 amount = get_indent();
5774 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5775 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5776 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5777 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5778 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5779 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5780 }
5781 else
5782 {
5783 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5784 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5785 amount = (int)vcol;
5786 }
5787 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5788 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5789 return amount;
5790}
5791
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792/*
5793 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5794 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5795 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5796 */
5797 static int
5798cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5799 char_u *s;
5800 char_u *find;
5801 char_u *ignore;
5802{
5803 char_u *p = s;
5804 char_u *r;
5805 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5806
5807 while (*p != NUL)
5808 {
5809 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5810 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5811 {
5812 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5813 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5814 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5815 if (cin_nocode(r))
5816 return TRUE;
5817 }
5818 if (*p != NUL)
5819 ++p;
5820 }
5821 return FALSE;
5822}
5823
5824/*
5825 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5826 * Return the column found.
5827 */
5828 static int
5829cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5830 pos_T *trypos;
5831{
5832 char_u *line;
5833 char_u *p;
5834
5835 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5836 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5837 {
5838 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5839 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5840 else
5841 {
5842 p = skip_string(p);
5843 ++p;
5844 }
5845 }
5846 return (int)(p - line);
5847}
5848
5849/*
5850 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5851 * Return NULL if no match found.
5852 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5853 * work. */
5854/* foo() */
5855/* { */
5856/* } */
5857
5858 static pos_T *
5859find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5860 int ind_maxcomment;
5861{
5862 pos_T cursor_save;
5863 pos_T *trypos;
5864 pos_T *pos;
5865 static pos_T pos_copy;
5866
5867 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5868 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5869 {
5870 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5871 trypos = &pos_copy;
5872 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5873 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005874 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005875 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5876 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5877 break;
5878 if (pos != NULL)
5879 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5880 }
5881 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5882 return trypos;
5883}
5884
5885/*
5886 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5887 * Return NULL of no match found.
5888 */
5889 static pos_T *
5890find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5891 int ind_maxparen;
5892 int ind_maxcomment;
5893{
5894 pos_T cursor_save;
5895 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005896 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005897
5898 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5899 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5900 {
5901 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5902 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5903 trypos = NULL;
5904 else
5905 {
5906 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5907 trypos = &pos_copy;
5908 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5909 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5910 trypos = NULL;
5911 }
5912 }
5913 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5914 return trypos;
5915}
5916
5917/*
5918 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5919 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5920 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5921 * looking a few lines further.
5922 */
5923 static int
5924corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5925 int ind_maxparen;
5926 pos_T *startpos;
5927{
5928 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5929
5930 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5931 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5932 return ind_maxparen;
5933}
5934
5935/*
5936 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5937 * line "l".
5938 */
5939 static int
5940find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5941 char_u *l;
5942 int start, end;
5943{
5944 int i;
5945 int retval = FALSE;
5946 int open_count = 0;
5947
5948 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5949
5950 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5951 {
5952 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5953 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5954 if (l[i] == start)
5955 ++open_count;
5956 else if (l[i] == end)
5957 {
5958 if (open_count > 0)
5959 --open_count;
5960 else
5961 {
5962 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5963 retval = TRUE;
5964 }
5965 }
5966 }
5967 return retval;
5968}
5969
5970 int
5971get_c_indent()
5972{
5973 /*
5974 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5975 * block should be
5976 */
5977 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5978
5979 /*
5980 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5981 * line is imagined to be.
5982 */
5983 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5984
5985 /*
5986 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5987 * an opening brace.
5988 */
5989 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5990
5991 /*
5992 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5993 */
5994 int ind_first_open = 0;
5995
5996 /*
5997 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5998 * located
5999 */
6000 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6001
6002 /*
6003 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6004 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6005 * brace should be located
6006 */
6007 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6008
6009 /*
6010 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6011 * column is imagined to be
6012 */
6013 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6014
6015 /*
6016 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6017 */
6018 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6019
6020 /*
6021 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6022 */
6023 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6024
6025 /*
6026 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6027 */
6028 int ind_case_break = 0;
6029
6030 /*
6031 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6032 * should be located
6033 */
6034 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6035
6036 /*
6037 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6038 */
6039 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6040
6041 /*
6042 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6043 */
6044 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6045
6046 /*
6047 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6048 */
6049 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6050
6051 /*
6052 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6053 * should be indented
6054 */
6055 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6056
6057 /*
6058 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6059 * should be located
6060 */
6061 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6062
6063 /*
6064 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6065 */
6066 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6067
6068 /*
6069 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6070 * itself is also unclosed
6071 */
6072 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6073
6074 /*
6075 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6076 * unclosed parentheses.
6077 */
6078 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6079
6080 /*
6081 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6082 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6083 * context (for very long lines).
6084 */
6085 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6086
6087 /*
6088 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6089 * an unclosed parentheses.
6090 */
6091 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6092
6093 /*
6094 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6095 * opening parentheses.
6096 */
6097 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6098
6099 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006100 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6101 */
6102 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6103
6104 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006105 * Extra indent for comments.
6106 */
6107 int ind_comment = 0;
6108
6109 /*
6110 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6111 */
6112 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6113
6114 /*
6115 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6116 * after the comment opener.
6117 */
6118 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6119
6120 /*
6121 * max lines to search for an open paren
6122 */
6123 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6124
6125 /*
6126 * max lines to search for an open comment
6127 */
6128 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6129
6130 /*
6131 * handle braces for java code
6132 */
6133 int ind_java = 0;
6134
6135 /*
6136 * handle blocked cases correctly
6137 */
6138 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6139
6140 pos_T cur_curpos;
6141 int amount;
6142 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006143 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006144 colnr_T col;
6145 char_u *theline;
6146 char_u *linecopy;
6147 pos_T *trypos;
6148 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6149 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6150 char_u *start;
6151 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006152#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006153#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6154#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6155 linenr_T ourscope;
6156 char_u *l;
6157 char_u *look;
6158 char_u terminated;
6159 int lookfor;
6160#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6161#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6162#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6163#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6164#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6165#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6166#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6167#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6168#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6169#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6170#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6171
6172 int whilelevel;
6173 linenr_T lnum;
6174 char_u *options;
6175 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6176 int divider;
6177 int n;
6178 int iscase;
6179 int lookfor_break;
6180 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6181
6182 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6183 {
6184 l = options++;
6185 if (*options == '-')
6186 ++options;
6187 n = getdigits(&options);
6188 divider = 0;
6189 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6190 {
6191 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6192 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6193 {
6194 ++options;
6195 if (divider)
6196 divider *= 10;
6197 else
6198 divider = 10;
6199 }
6200 }
6201 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6202 {
6203 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6204 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6205 else
6206 {
6207 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6208 if (divider)
6209 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6210 }
6211 ++options;
6212 }
6213 if (l[1] == '-')
6214 n = -n;
6215 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006216 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006217 switch (*l)
6218 {
6219 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6220 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6221 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6222 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6223 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6224 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6225 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6226 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6227 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6228 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6229 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6230 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6231 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6232 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6233 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6234 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6235 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6236 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6237 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6238 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6239 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6240 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6241 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006242 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006243 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6244 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6245 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6246 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6247 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6248 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006249 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006250 }
6251 }
6252
6253 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6254 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6255
6256 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6257 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6258 * ml_get is valid! */
6259 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6260 if (linecopy == NULL)
6261 return 0;
6262
6263 /*
6264 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6265 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6266 * inserting new stuff.
6267 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6268 * check for that.
6269 */
6270 if ((State & INSERT)
6271 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6272 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6273 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6274
6275 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6276
6277 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6278
6279 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6280
6281 /*
6282 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6283 */
6284 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6285 {
6286 amount = 0;
6287 }
6288
6289 /*
6290 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6291 */
6292 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6293 {
6294 amount = 0;
6295 }
6296
6297 /*
6298 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6299 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6300 */
6301 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6302 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6303 {
6304 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6305 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6306 amount = col;
6307 }
6308
6309 /*
6310 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6311 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6312 */
6313 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6314 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6315 {
6316 int lead_start_len = 2;
6317 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6318 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6319 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6320 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6321 char_u *p;
6322 int start_align = 0;
6323 int start_off = 0;
6324 int done = FALSE;
6325
6326 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6327 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6328 amount = col;
6329
6330 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6331 while (*p != NUL)
6332 {
6333 int align = 0;
6334 int off = 0;
6335 int what = 0;
6336
6337 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6338 {
6339 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6340 what = *p++;
6341 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6342 align = *p++;
6343 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6344 off = getdigits(&p);
6345 else
6346 ++p;
6347 }
6348
6349 if (*p == ':')
6350 ++p;
6351 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6352 if (what == COM_START)
6353 {
6354 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6355 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6356 start_off = off;
6357 start_align = align;
6358 }
6359 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6360 {
6361 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6362 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6363 }
6364 else if (what == COM_END)
6365 {
6366 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6367 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6368 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6369 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6370 {
6371 done = TRUE;
6372 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6373 {
6374 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006375 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006376 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6377 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6378 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6379 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6380 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6381 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6382 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6383 {
6384 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6385 break;
6386 }
6387 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6388 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6389 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6390 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6391 continue;
6392 }
6393 if (start_off != 0)
6394 amount += start_off;
6395 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006396 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6397 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006398 break;
6399 }
6400
6401 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6402 * with the middle comment */
6403 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6404 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6405 {
6406 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6407 /* XXX */
6408 if (off != 0)
6409 amount += off;
6410 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006411 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6412 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006413 done = TRUE;
6414 break;
6415 }
6416 }
6417 }
6418
6419 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6420 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6421 * with the first character of the comment text.
6422 */
6423 if (done)
6424 ;
6425 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6426 amount += 1;
6427 else
6428 {
6429 /*
6430 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6431 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6432 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6433 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6434 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6435 */
6436 amount = -1;
6437 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6438 {
6439 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6440 continue;
6441 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6442 break;
6443 }
6444 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6445 {
6446 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6447 {
6448 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6449 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6450 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6451 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6452 }
6453 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6454 amount = col;
6455 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6456 amount += ind_in_comment;
6457 }
6458 }
6459 }
6460
6461 /*
6462 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6463 */ /* XXX */
6464 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6465 && ind_java == 0)
6466 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6467 || trypos != NULL)
6468 {
6469 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6470 {
6471 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6472 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6473 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6474 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6475 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6476 trypos = NULL;
6477 else
6478 tryposBrace = NULL;
6479 }
6480
6481 if (trypos != NULL)
6482 {
6483 /*
6484 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6485 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6486 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006487 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006488 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006489 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6490 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6491 }
6492 else
6493 {
6494 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006495 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6496 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006497 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006498 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6499 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6500 continue;
6501 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6502 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6503 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006504
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006505 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6506 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6507 {
6508 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6509 continue;
6510 }
6511
6512 /* XXX */
6513 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6514 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006515 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006516 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6517 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6518 {
6519 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006520
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006521 if (theline[0] == ')')
6522 {
6523 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6524 && cur_amount > amount)
6525 cur_amount = amount;
6526 amount = -1;
6527 }
6528 break;
6529 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006530 }
6531 }
6532
6533 /*
6534 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6535 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6536 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6537 */
6538 if (amount == -1)
6539 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006540 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6541
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006542 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006543 look = skipwhite(look);
6544 if (*look == '(')
6545 {
6546 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6547 char_u *line;
6548 int look_col;
6549
6550 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6551 * our matching '('. */
6552 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6553 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006554 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006555 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6556 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6557 != NULL
6558 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6559 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6560 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6561
6562 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6563 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6564 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006565 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006566 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6567 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006568 {
6569 /*
6570 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6571 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6572 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6573 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6574 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6575 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6576 * lines).
6577 */
6578 if (theline[0] != ')')
6579 {
6580 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6581 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6582 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6583 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6584 {
6585 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6586 * for each additional level */
6587 n = 1;
6588 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6589 {
6590 switch (l[col])
6591 {
6592 case '(':
6593 case '{': ++n;
6594 break;
6595
6596 case ')':
6597 case '}': if (n > 1)
6598 --n;
6599 break;
6600 }
6601 }
6602
6603 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6604 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6605 }
6606 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6607 our_paren_pos.col++;
6608 else
6609 {
6610 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6611 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6612 col++;
6613 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6614 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6615 else
6616 our_paren_pos.col++;
6617 }
6618 }
6619
6620 /*
6621 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6622 * if we did the above "if".
6623 */
6624 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6625 {
6626 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6627 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6628 cur_amount = col;
6629 }
6630 }
6631
6632 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6633 {
6634 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6635 }
6636 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006637 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006638 {
6639 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6640 amount = cur_amount;
6641 }
6642 else
6643 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006644 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6645 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006646 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006647 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006648 {
6649 --our_paren_pos.col;
6650 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6651 {
6652 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6653 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6654 break;
6655 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6656 col = MAXCOL;
6657 break;
6658 }
6659 }
6660
6661 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6662 * braces */
6663 if (col == MAXCOL)
6664 amount += ind_unclosed;
6665 else
6666 {
6667 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6668 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6669 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6670 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6671 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6672 else
6673 amount += ind_unclosed;
6674 }
6675 /*
6676 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6677 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6678 * lines:
6679 * func_long_name( if (x
6680 * arg && yy
6681 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6682 */
6683 if (cur_amount < amount)
6684 amount = cur_amount;
6685 }
6686 }
6687
6688 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6689 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6690 amount += ind_comment;
6691 }
6692
6693 /*
6694 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6695 */
6696 else
6697 {
6698 trypos = tryposBrace;
6699
6700 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6701 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6702
6703 /*
6704 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6705 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6706 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6707 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6708 */
6709 look = skipwhite(start);
6710 if (*look == '{')
6711 {
6712 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6713 amount = col;
6714 if (*start == '{')
6715 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6716 else
6717 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6718 }
6719 else
6720 {
6721 /*
6722 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6723 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6724 */
6725 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6726
6727 /*
6728 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6729 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6730 */
6731 lnum = ourscope;
6732 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6733 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6734 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6735 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6736
6737 /*
6738 * It could have been something like
6739 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6740 * ldfd) {
6741 * }
6742 */
6743 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6744 amount = get_indent();
6745 else
6746 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6747
6748 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6749 }
6750
6751 /*
6752 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6753 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6754 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6755 */
6756 if (theline[0] == '}')
6757 {
6758 /*
6759 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6760 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6761 */
6762 amount += ind_close_extra;
6763 }
6764 else
6765 {
6766 /*
6767 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6768 * to match it with.
6769 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6770 * to match it with.
6771 */
6772 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6773 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6774 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6775 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6776 /* XXX */
6777 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6778 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6779 {
6780 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6781 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6782 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6783 {
6784 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6785 goto theend;
6786 }
6787 }
6788
6789 /*
6790 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6791 * failed to find a matching "if").
6792 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6793 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6794 */
6795
6796 /*
6797 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6798 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6799 * location for ind_open_extra.
6800 */
6801
6802 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6803 {
6804 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6805 }
6806 else
6807 {
6808 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6809 amount += ind_open_imag;
6810 else
6811 {
6812 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6813 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6814 if (amount < 0)
6815 amount = 0;
6816 }
6817 }
6818
6819 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6820
6821 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6822 {
6823 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6824 amount += ind_case;
6825 }
6826 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6827 {
6828 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6829 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6830 }
6831 else
6832 {
6833 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6834 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6835
6836 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6837 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6838 }
6839 scope_amount = amount;
6840 whilelevel = 0;
6841
6842 /*
6843 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6844 * with that.
6845 *
6846 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6847 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6848 * that opens the block.
6849 */
6850 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6851 for (;;)
6852 {
6853 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6854 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6855
6856 /*
6857 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6858 * up with it.
6859 */
6860 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6861 {
6862 /* we reached end of scope:
6863 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6864 * go further back:
6865 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6866 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6867 * declaration:
6868 * int x,
6869 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6870 */
6871 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6872 {
6873 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6874 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6875 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6876 {
6877 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6878 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6879 * initialization) */
6880 if (cont_amount > 0)
6881 amount = cont_amount;
6882 else
6883 amount += ind_continuation;
6884 break;
6885 }
6886
6887 l = ml_get_curline();
6888
6889 /*
6890 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6891 * comment.
6892 */
6893 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6894 if (trypos != NULL)
6895 {
6896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6897 continue;
6898 }
6899
6900 /*
6901 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6902 */
6903 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6904 continue;
6905
6906 if (cin_nocode(l))
6907 continue;
6908
6909 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6910
6911 /*
6912 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6913 * function declaration, we are done
6914 * (it's a variable declaration).
6915 */
6916 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6917 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6918 {
6919 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6920 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6921 * don't add extra indent.
6922 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6923 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6924 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6925 */
6926 if (terminated == ',')
6927 break;
6928
6929 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6930 * we are done.
6931 */
6932 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6933 break;
6934
6935 /* nothing useful found */
6936 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6937 continue;
6938 }
6939
6940 if (terminated != ';')
6941 {
6942 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6943 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6944 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6945 */ /* XXX */
6946 trypos = NULL;
6947 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6948 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6949 ind_maxcomment);
6950
6951 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6952 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6953
6954 if (trypos != NULL)
6955 {
6956 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6957 continue;
6958 }
6959 }
6960
6961 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6962 * like in
6963 * int a,
6964 * b;
6965 */
6966 if (cont_amount > 0)
6967 amount = cont_amount;
6968 else
6969 amount += ind_continuation;
6970 }
6971 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6972 {
6973 if (cont_amount > 0)
6974 amount = cont_amount;
6975 else
6976 amount += ind_continuation;
6977 }
6978 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6979 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6980 {
6981 amount = scope_amount;
6982 if (theline[0] == '{')
6983 amount += ind_open_extra;
6984 }
6985 break;
6986 }
6987
6988 /*
6989 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6990 */ /* XXX */
6991 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6992 {
6993 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6994 continue;
6995 }
6996
6997 l = ml_get_curline();
6998
6999 /*
7000 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007001 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007002 */
7003 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7004 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7005 {
7006 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7007 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7008 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7009 break;
7010
7011 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7012 * labels. */
7013 if (whilelevel > 0)
7014 continue;
7015
7016 /*
7017 * case xx:
7018 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7019 *-> here;
7020 */
7021 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7022 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7023 {
7024 if (cont_amount > 0)
7025 amount = cont_amount;
7026 else
7027 amount += ind_continuation;
7028 break;
7029 }
7030
7031 /*
7032 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7033 * x = 333;
7034 * case yy:
7035 */
7036 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7037 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7038 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7039 {
7040 /*
7041 * Check that this case label is not for another
7042 * switch()
7043 */ /* XXX */
7044 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7045 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7046 {
7047 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7048 break;
7049 }
7050 continue;
7051 }
7052
7053 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7054
7055 /*
7056 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7057 * y = y + 1;
7058 * -> s = 99;
7059 *
7060 * case xx:
7061 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7062 * y = y + 1;
7063 * -> s = 99;
7064 */
7065 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7066 {
7067 if (n)
7068 amount = n;
7069
7070 if (!lookfor_break)
7071 break;
7072 }
7073
7074 /*
7075 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7076 * -> y = y + 1;
7077 *
7078 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7079 * -> y = y + 1;
7080 */
7081 if (n)
7082 {
7083 amount = n;
7084 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7085 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007086 {
7087 if (theline[0] == '{')
7088 amount += ind_open_extra;
7089 else
7090 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7091 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007092 break;
7093 }
7094
7095 /*
7096 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7097 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7098 * switch label.
7099 * break; <- may line up with this line
7100 * case xx:
7101 * -> y = 1;
7102 */
7103 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7104 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7105 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7106 continue;
7107 }
7108
7109 /*
7110 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7111 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7112 */
7113 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7114 {
7115 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7116 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7117 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7118 continue;
7119 }
7120
7121 /*
7122 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7123 */
7124 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7125 {
7126 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7127 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7128 continue;
7129 }
7130
7131 /*
7132 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7133 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7134 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7135 * unlocked it)
7136 */
7137 l = ml_get_curline();
7138 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7139 || cin_nocode(l))
7140 continue;
7141
7142 /*
7143 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7144 * constructor initialization?
7145 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007146 n = FALSE;
7147 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7148 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007149 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007150 l = ml_get_curline();
7151 }
7152 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007153 {
7154 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7155 {
7156 if (cont_amount > 0)
7157 amount = cont_amount;
7158 else
7159 amount += ind_continuation;
7160 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007161 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007162 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007163 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7164 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7165 ind_continuation = 0;
7166 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007167 }
7168 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007169 /* XXX */
7170 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7171 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007172 break;
7173 }
7174 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7175 {
7176 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007177 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7178 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007179 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7180 break;
7181 else
7182 continue;
7183 }
7184
7185 /*
7186 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7187 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007188 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007189 * 123,
7190 * sizeof
7191 * here
7192 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7193 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7194 * (indented).
7195 */
7196 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7197
7198 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7199 && terminated == ','))
7200 {
7201 /*
7202 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7203 * go back to the line that starts it so
7204 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7205 * if ( foo &&
7206 * bar )
7207 */
7208 /*
7209 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7210 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7211 */
7212 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7213 trypos = find_match_paren(
7214 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7215 ind_maxcomment);
7216
7217 /*
7218 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7219 * braces.
7220 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007221 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7222 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007223 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7224
7225 if (trypos != NULL)
7226 {
7227 /*
7228 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7229 * handled above.
7230 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7231 * asdf)
7232 */
7233 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7234 l = ml_get_curline();
7235 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7236 {
7237 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7238 continue;
7239 }
7240 }
7241
7242 /*
7243 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7244 * indent from
7245 * char *usethis = "bla\
7246 * bla",
7247 * here;
7248 */
7249 if (terminated == ',')
7250 {
7251 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7252 {
7253 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7254 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7255 break;
7256 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7257 }
7258 }
7259
7260 /*
7261 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7262 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7263 */
7264 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7265 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7266
7267 /*
7268 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7269 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7270 * while (not)
7271 * -> {
7272 * }
7273 */
7274 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7275 && theline[0] == '{')
7276 {
7277 amount = cur_amount;
7278 /*
7279 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7280 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7281 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7282 * { 1, 2 },
7283 * -> { 3, 4 }
7284 */
7285 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7286 amount += ind_open_extra;
7287
7288 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7289 {
7290 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7291 * class declaration or initialization */
7292 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7293 continue;
7294 }
7295 break;
7296 }
7297
7298 /*
7299 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7300 * Also allow " } else".
7301 */
7302 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7303 {
7304 /*
7305 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7306 * with the last one.
7307 * if (cond)
7308 * 100 +
7309 * -> here;
7310 */
7311 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7312 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7313 {
7314 if (cont_amount > 0)
7315 amount = cont_amount;
7316 else
7317 amount += ind_continuation;
7318 break;
7319 }
7320
7321 /*
7322 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7323 * are finished.
7324 * while (not)
7325 * -> here;
7326 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7327 * before this is terminated.
7328 * yyy;
7329 * if (stat)
7330 * while (not)
7331 * xxx;
7332 * -> here;
7333 */
7334 amount = cur_amount;
7335 if (theline[0] == '{')
7336 amount += ind_open_extra;
7337 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7338 {
7339 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7340 break;
7341 }
7342
7343 /*
7344 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7345 * do, line up with the while()
7346 * do
7347 * x = 1;
7348 * -> here
7349 */
7350 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7351 if (cin_isdo(l))
7352 {
7353 if (whilelevel == 0)
7354 break;
7355 --whilelevel;
7356 }
7357
7358 /*
7359 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7360 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7361 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7362 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7363 */
7364 if (cin_iselse(l)
7365 && whilelevel == 0
7366 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7367 == NULL
7368 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7369 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7370 break;
7371 }
7372
7373 /*
7374 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7375 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007376 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007377 * the line before this one.
7378 */
7379 else
7380 {
7381 /*
7382 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7383 * the last one.
7384 * c = 99 +
7385 * 100 +
7386 * -> here;
7387 */
7388 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7389 {
7390 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7391 if (terminated == ',')
7392 amount += ind_continuation;
7393 break;
7394 }
7395
7396 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7397 {
7398 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7399 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7400 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7401 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7402 * enumerations/initializations. */
7403 if (terminated == ',')
7404 {
7405 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7406 break;
7407
7408 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7409 continue;
7410 }
7411
7412 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7413 * reduce indent. */
7414 if (amount > cur_amount)
7415 amount = cur_amount;
7416 }
7417 else
7418 {
7419 /*
7420 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7421 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7422 * 100 +
7423 * -> here;
7424 */
7425 amount = cur_amount;
7426
7427 /*
7428 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7429 * are in an initialization or enum
7430 * struct xxx =
7431 * {
7432 * sizeof a,
7433 * 124 };
7434 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7435 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7436 * yet.
7437 */
7438 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7439 {
7440 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7441 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7442 }
7443 else
7444 {
7445 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7446 && *l != NUL
7447 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7448 /* XXX */
7449 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7450 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7451 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7452 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7453 }
7454 }
7455 }
7456 }
7457
7458 /*
7459 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7460 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7461 */
7462 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007463 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7464 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007465 {
7466 /*
7467 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7468 * with the last one.
7469 * while (cond);
7470 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7471 * -> here;
7472 */
7473 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7474 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7475 {
7476 if (cont_amount > 0)
7477 amount = cont_amount;
7478 else
7479 amount += ind_continuation;
7480 break;
7481 }
7482
7483 if (whilelevel == 0)
7484 {
7485 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7486 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7487 if (theline[0] == '{')
7488 amount += ind_open_extra;
7489 }
7490 ++whilelevel;
7491 }
7492
7493 /*
7494 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7495 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7496 * indent of that other statement.
7497 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7498 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7499 */
7500 else
7501 {
7502 /*
7503 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7504 * may be lined up with the case label.
7505 */
7506 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7507 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7508 {
7509 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7510 continue;
7511 }
7512
7513 /*
7514 * Handle "do {" line.
7515 */
7516 if (whilelevel > 0)
7517 {
7518 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7519 if (cin_isdo(l))
7520 {
7521 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7522 --whilelevel;
7523 continue;
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 /*
7528 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7529 * the amount for a continuation line.
7530 * x = 1;
7531 * y = foo +
7532 * -> here;
7533 * or
7534 * int x = 1;
7535 * int foo,
7536 * -> here;
7537 */
7538 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7539 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7540 {
7541 if (cont_amount > 0)
7542 amount = cont_amount;
7543 else
7544 amount += ind_continuation;
7545 break;
7546 }
7547
7548 /*
7549 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7550 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7551 * x = 1; x = 1;
7552 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7553 * while (asdf) ->here;
7554 * here;
7555 * ->foo;
7556 */
7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7558 {
7559 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7560 break;
7561 }
7562
7563 /*
7564 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7565 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7566 * a terminated line.
7567 */
7568 else
7569 {
7570 /*
7571 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7572 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7573 * the line. Helps for:
7574 * func(asdr,
7575 * asdfasdf);
7576 * here;
7577 */
7578term_again:
7579 l = ml_get_curline();
7580 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7581 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7582 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7583 {
7584 /*
7585 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7586 * handled above.
7587 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7588 * asdf)
7589 */
7590 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7591 l = ml_get_curline();
7592 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7593 {
7594 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7595 continue;
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7600 * with a statement after it.
7601 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7602 * stat;
7603 * }
7604 * case 2:
7605 * stat;
7606 * }
7607 */
7608 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7609
7610 /*
7611 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7612 * ignoring any jump label.
7613 */
7614 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7615 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7616
7617 if (theline[0] == '{')
7618 amount += ind_open_extra;
7619 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007620 l = skipwhite(l);
7621 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007622 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7623 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7624
7625 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007626 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7627 * the matching "if":
7628 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007629 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007630 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7631 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7632 */
7633 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7634 && *l != '}'
7635 && cin_iselse(l)
7636 && whilelevel == 0)
7637 {
7638 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7639 == NULL
7640 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7641 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7642 break;
7643 continue;
7644 }
7645
7646 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007647 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7648 * that block.
7649 */
7650 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7651 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7652 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7653 != NULL) /* XXX */
7654 {
7655 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7656 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7657 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7658 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7659 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7660 goto term_again;
7661 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7662 }
7663 }
7664 }
7665 }
7666 }
7667 }
7668
7669 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7670 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7671 amount += ind_comment;
7672 }
7673
7674 /*
7675 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7676 *
7677 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7678 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7679 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7680 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7681 */
7682 else
7683 {
7684 /*
7685 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7686 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7687 * of a function
7688 */
7689
7690 if (theline[0] == '{')
7691 {
7692 amount = ind_first_open;
7693 }
7694
7695 /*
7696 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7697 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7698 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7699 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7700 */
7701 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7702 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7703 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7704 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7705 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7706 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7707 {
7708 amount = ind_func_type;
7709 }
7710 else
7711 {
7712 amount = 0;
7713 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7714
7715 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7716
7717 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7718 {
7719 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7720 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7721
7722 l = ml_get_curline();
7723
7724 /*
7725 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7726 */ /* XXX */
7727 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7728 {
7729 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7730 continue;
7731 }
7732
7733 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007734 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7735 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007736 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007737 n = FALSE;
7738 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7739 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007740 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007741 l = ml_get_curline();
7742 }
7743 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007744 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007745 /* XXX */
7746 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7747 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007748 break;
7749 }
7750
7751 /*
7752 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7753 */
7754 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7755 continue;
7756
7757 if (cin_nocode(l))
7758 continue;
7759
7760 /*
7761 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7762 * indentation:
7763 * int foo,
7764 * bar;
7765 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7766 * enum foobar
7767 * {
7768 * ...
7769 * } foo,
7770 * bar;
7771 */
7772 n = 0;
7773 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7774 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7775 {
7776 /* take us back to opening paren */
7777 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7778 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7779 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7780 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7781
7782 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7783 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7784 * char *foo = "bla\
7785 * bla",
7786 * here;
7787 */
7788 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7789 {
7790 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7791 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7792 break;
7793 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7794 }
7795
7796 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7797
7798 if (amount == 0)
7799 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7800 if (amount == 0)
7801 amount = ind_continuation;
7802 break;
7803 }
7804
7805 /*
7806 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7807 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7808 */
7809 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7810 break;
7811 l = ml_get_curline();
7812
7813 /*
7814 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7815 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7816 */
7817 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7818 break;
7819
7820 /* (matching {)
7821 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7822 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7823 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7824 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7825 */
7826 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7827 break;
7828
7829 /*
7830 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7831 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7832 * parameters.
7833 */
7834 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7835 {
7836 amount = ind_param;
7837 break;
7838 }
7839
7840 /*
7841 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7842 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7843 * int foo,
7844 * bar;
7845 * indent_to_0 here;
7846 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007847 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007848 {
7849 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7850 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7851 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7852 break;
7853 l = ml_get_curline();
7854 }
7855
7856 /*
7857 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7858 * use the indent of this line.
7859 *
7860 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7861 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7862 */
7863 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7864
7865 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7866 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7867 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7868 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7869 break;
7870 }
7871
7872 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7873 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7874 amount += ind_comment;
7875
7876 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7877 * "asdfasdf\
7878 * here";
7879 * char *foo = "asdf\
7880 * here";
7881 */
7882 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7883 {
7884 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7885 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7886 {
7887 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7888 if (cur_amount > 0)
7889 amount = cur_amount;
7890 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7891 amount += ind_continuation;
7892 }
7893 }
7894 }
7895 }
7896
7897theend:
7898 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7899 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7900
7901 vim_free(linecopy);
7902
7903 if (amount < 0)
7904 return 0;
7905 return amount;
7906}
7907
7908 static int
7909find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7910 int lookfor;
7911 linenr_T ourscope;
7912 int ind_maxparen;
7913 int ind_maxcomment;
7914{
7915 char_u *look;
7916 pos_T *theirscope;
7917 char_u *mightbeif;
7918 int elselevel;
7919 int whilelevel;
7920
7921 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7922 {
7923 elselevel = 1;
7924 whilelevel = 0;
7925 }
7926 else
7927 {
7928 elselevel = 0;
7929 whilelevel = 1;
7930 }
7931
7932 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7933
7934 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7935 {
7936 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7937 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7938
7939 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7940 if (cin_iselse(look)
7941 || cin_isif(look)
7942 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7943 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7944 {
7945 /*
7946 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7947 * we must be out of scope...
7948 */
7949 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7950 if (theirscope == NULL)
7951 break;
7952
7953 /*
7954 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7955 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7956 * out of luck too.
7957 */
7958 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7959 break;
7960
7961 /*
7962 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7963 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7964 * different scope...
7965 */
7966 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7967 continue;
7968
7969 /*
7970 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7971 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7972 * increment elselevel
7973 */
7974 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7975 if (cin_iselse(look))
7976 {
7977 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7978 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7979 ++elselevel;
7980 continue;
7981 }
7982
7983 /*
7984 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7985 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7986 */
7987 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7988 {
7989 ++whilelevel;
7990 continue;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7994 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7995 if (cin_isif(look))
7996 {
7997 elselevel--;
7998 /*
7999 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8000 * get in the way.
8001 */
8002 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8003 whilelevel = 0;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8007 if (cin_isdo(look))
8008 whilelevel--;
8009
8010 /*
8011 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8012 * this must be the if that we want!
8013 * match the indent level of that if.
8014 */
8015 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8016 {
8017 return OK;
8018 }
8019 }
8020 }
8021 return FAIL;
8022}
8023
8024# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8025/*
8026 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8027 */
8028 int
8029get_expr_indent()
8030{
8031 int indent;
8032 pos_T pos;
8033 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008034 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8035 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008036
8037 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8038 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008039 if (use_sandbox)
8040 ++sandbox;
8041 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008042 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008043 if (use_sandbox)
8044 --sandbox;
8045 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008046
8047 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8048 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8049 * command. */
8050 save_State = State;
8051 State = INSERT;
8052 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8053 check_cursor();
8054 State = save_State;
8055
8056 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8057 if (indent < 0)
8058 indent = get_indent();
8059
8060 return indent;
8061}
8062# endif
8063
8064#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8065
8066#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8067
8068static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8069
8070 static int
8071lisp_match(p)
8072 char_u *p;
8073{
8074 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8075 int len;
8076 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8077
8078 while (*word != NUL)
8079 {
8080 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8081 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8082 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8083 return TRUE;
8084 }
8085 return FALSE;
8086}
8087
8088/*
8089 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8090 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8091 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8092 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8093 *
8094 * TODO:
8095 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8096 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8097 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8098 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8099 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8100 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008101 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8102 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008103 */
8104 int
8105get_lisp_indent()
8106{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008107 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008108 int amount;
8109 char_u *that;
8110 colnr_T col;
8111 colnr_T firsttry;
8112 int parencount, quotecount;
8113 int vi_lisp;
8114
8115 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8116 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8117
8118 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8119 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8120
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008121 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8122 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8123 else
8124 {
8125 paren = *pos;
8126 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8127 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8128 pos = &paren;
8129 }
8130 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008131 {
8132 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8133 * line that is at the same () level. */
8134 amount = -1;
8135 parencount = 0;
8136
8137 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8138 {
8139 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8140 continue;
8141 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8142 {
8143 if (*that == ';')
8144 {
8145 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8146 ++that;
8147 continue;
8148 }
8149 if (*that == '\\')
8150 {
8151 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8152 ++that;
8153 continue;
8154 }
8155 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8156 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008157 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8158 {
8159 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8160 if (*that == '\\')
8161 {
8162 if (*++that == NUL)
8163 break;
8164 if (that[1] == NUL)
8165 {
8166 ++that;
8167 break;
8168 }
8169 }
8170 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008171 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008172 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008173 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008174 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008175 --parencount;
8176 }
8177 if (parencount == 0)
8178 {
8179 amount = get_indent();
8180 break;
8181 }
8182 }
8183
8184 if (amount == -1)
8185 {
8186 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8187 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8188 col = pos->col;
8189
8190 that = ml_get_curline();
8191
8192 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8193 amount = 2;
8194 else
8195 {
8196 amount = 0;
8197 while (*that && col)
8198 {
8199 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8200 col--;
8201 }
8202
8203 /*
8204 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8205 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8206 *
8207 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8208 * (...)) of (...))
8209 */
8210
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008211 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8212 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008213 amount += 2;
8214 else
8215 {
8216 that++;
8217 amount++;
8218 firsttry = amount;
8219
8220 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8221 {
8222 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8223 ++that;
8224 }
8225
8226 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8227 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008228 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008229 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008230 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008231 firsttry++;
8232
8233 parencount = 0;
8234 quotecount = 0;
8235
8236 if (vi_lisp
8237 || (*that != '"'
8238 && *that != '\''
8239 && *that != '#'
8240 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8241 {
8242 while (*that
8243 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8244 || quotecount
8245 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008246 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008247 && !quotecount
8248 && !parencount
8249 && vi_lisp)))
8250 {
8251 if (*that == '"')
8252 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008253 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8254 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008255 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008256 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8257 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008258 --parencount;
8259 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8260 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8261 (colnr_T)amount);
8262 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8263 (colnr_T)amount);
8264 }
8265 }
8266 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8267 {
8268 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8269 that++;
8270 }
8271 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8272 amount = firsttry;
8273 }
8274 }
8275 }
8276 }
8277 }
8278 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008279 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008280
8281 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8282
8283 return amount;
8284}
8285#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8286
8287 void
8288prepare_to_exit()
8289{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008290#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8291 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8292 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8293 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008294 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8295#endif
8296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008297#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8298 if (gui.in_use)
8299 {
8300 gui.dying = TRUE;
8301 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8302 }
8303 else
8304#endif
8305 {
8306 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8307
8308 /*
8309 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8310 * screen (if there are two screens).
8311 */
8312 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8313#ifdef WIN3264
8314 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8315#endif
8316 stoptermcap();
8317 out_flush();
8318 }
8319}
8320
8321/*
8322 * Preserve files and exit.
8323 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8324 */
8325 void
8326preserve_exit()
8327{
8328 buf_T *buf;
8329
8330 prepare_to_exit();
8331
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008332 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8333 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8334 really_exiting = TRUE;
8335
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008336 out_str(IObuff);
8337 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8338 out_flush();
8339
8340 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8341
8342 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8343 {
8344 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8345 {
8346 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8347 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8348 out_flush();
8349 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8350 break;
8351 }
8352 }
8353
8354 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8355
8356 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8357
8358 getout(1);
8359}
8360
8361/*
8362 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8363 */
8364 int
8365vim_fexists(fname)
8366 char_u *fname;
8367{
8368 struct stat st;
8369
8370 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8371 return FALSE;
8372 return TRUE;
8373}
8374
8375/*
8376 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8377 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8378 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8379 * time, because it can be a system call.
8380 */
8381
8382#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8383# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8384# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8385# else
8386# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8387# endif
8388#endif
8389
8390static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8391
8392 void
8393line_breakcheck()
8394{
8395 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8396 {
8397 breakcheck_count = 0;
8398 ui_breakcheck();
8399 }
8400}
8401
8402/*
8403 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8404 */
8405 void
8406fast_breakcheck()
8407{
8408 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8409 {
8410 breakcheck_count = 0;
8411 ui_breakcheck();
8412 }
8413}
8414
8415/*
8416 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8417 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008418 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008419 */
8420 int
8421expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8422 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8423 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8424 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8425 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8426 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8427{
8428 int retval;
8429 int i, j;
8430 char_u *p;
8431 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8432
8433 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8434
8435 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8436 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8437 return retval;
8438
8439#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8440 /*
8441 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8442 */
8443 if (*p_wig)
8444 {
8445 char_u *ffname;
8446
8447 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8448 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8449 {
8450 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8451 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8452 break;
8453# ifdef VMS
8454 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8455# endif
8456 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8457 {
8458 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8459 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8460 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8461 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8462 --*num_file;
8463 --i;
8464 }
8465 vim_free(ffname);
8466 }
8467 }
8468#endif
8469
8470 /*
8471 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8472 */
8473 if (*num_file > 1)
8474 {
8475 non_suf_match = 0;
8476 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8477 {
8478 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8479 {
8480 /*
8481 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8482 * of the list.
8483 */
8484 p = (*file)[i];
8485 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8486 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8487 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8488 }
8489 }
8490 }
8491
8492 return retval;
8493}
8494
8495/*
8496 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8497 */
8498 int
8499match_suffix(fname)
8500 char_u *fname;
8501{
8502 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8503 char_u *setsuf;
8504#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8505 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8506
8507 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8508 setsuflen = 0;
8509 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8510 {
8511 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8512 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8513 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8514 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8515 break;
8516 setsuflen = 0;
8517 }
8518 return (setsuflen != 0);
8519}
8520
8521#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8522
8523# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8524static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8525static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8526# endif
8527
8528# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8529/*
8530 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8531 * it's shared between these systems.
8532 */
8533# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8534# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8535# else
8536# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8537# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8538# endif
8539# endif
8540
8541/*
8542 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8543 */
8544 static int _cdecl
8545pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8546{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008547 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008548}
8549
8550# ifndef WIN3264
8551 static void
8552namelowcpy(
8553 char_u *d,
8554 char_u *s)
8555{
8556# ifdef DJGPP
8557 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8558 while (*s)
8559 *d++ = *s++;
8560 else
8561# endif
8562 while (*s)
8563 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8564 *d = NUL;
8565}
8566# endif
8567
8568/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008569 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8570 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008571 * Return the number of matches found.
8572 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8573 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008574 * Return the number of matches found.
8575 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008576 */
8577 static int
8578dos_expandpath(
8579 garray_T *gap,
8580 char_u *path,
8581 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008582 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008583 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008584{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008585 char_u *buf;
8586 char_u *path_end;
8587 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8588 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8589 char_u *pat;
8590 regmatch_T regmatch;
8591 int starts_with_dot;
8592 int matches;
8593 int len;
8594 int starstar = FALSE;
8595 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008596#ifdef WIN3264
8597 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8598 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8599# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8600 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8601 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8602# endif
8603#else
8604 struct ffblk fb;
8605#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008606 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008607 int ok;
8608
8609 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8610 if (stardepth > 0)
8611 {
8612 ui_breakcheck();
8613 if (got_int)
8614 return 0;
8615 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008616
8617 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008618 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008619 if (buf == NULL)
8620 return 0;
8621
8622 /*
8623 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8624 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8625 */
8626 p = buf;
8627 s = buf;
8628 e = NULL;
8629 path_end = path;
8630 while (*path_end != NUL)
8631 {
8632 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8633 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8634 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8635 *p++ = *path_end++;
8636 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8637 {
8638 if (e != NULL)
8639 break;
8640 s = p + 1;
8641 }
8642 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8643 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8644 e = p;
8645#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8646 if (has_mbyte)
8647 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008648 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008649 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8650 p += len;
8651 path_end += len;
8652 }
8653 else
8654#endif
8655 *p++ = *path_end++;
8656 }
8657 e = p;
8658 *e = NUL;
8659
8660 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8661 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8662 * component. */
8663 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8664 if (rem_backslash(p))
8665 {
Bram Moolenaar452a81b2007-08-06 20:28:43 +00008666 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, STRLEN(p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008667 --e;
8668 --s;
8669 }
8670
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008671 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8672 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8673 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8674 starstar = TRUE;
8675
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008676 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8677 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8678 if (pat == NULL)
8679 {
8680 vim_free(buf);
8681 return 0;
8682 }
8683
8684 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8685 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8686 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8687 vim_free(pat);
8688
8689 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8690 {
8691 vim_free(buf);
8692 return 0;
8693 }
8694
8695 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8696 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8697
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008698 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8699 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8700 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8701 && *path_end == '/')
8702 {
8703 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8704 ++stardepth;
8705 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8706 --stardepth;
8707 }
8708
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008709 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8710 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8711#ifdef WIN3264
8712# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8713 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8714 {
8715 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8716 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8717 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8718 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8719 if (wn != NULL)
8720 {
8721 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8722 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8723 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8724 {
8725 vim_free(wn);
8726 wn = NULL;
8727 }
8728 }
8729 }
8730
8731 if (wn == NULL)
8732# endif
8733 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8734 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8735#else
8736 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8737 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8738 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8739#endif
8740
8741 while (ok)
8742 {
8743#ifdef WIN3264
8744# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8745 if (wn != NULL)
8746 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8747 else
8748# endif
8749 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8750#else
8751 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8752#endif
8753 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8754 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8755 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8756 && (matchname == NULL
8757 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8758 {
8759#ifdef WIN3264
8760 STRCPY(s, p);
8761#else
8762 namelowcpy(s, p);
8763#endif
8764 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008765
8766 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8767 {
8768 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8769 * find matches. */
8770 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8771 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8772 ++stardepth;
8773 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8774 --stardepth;
8775 }
8776
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008777 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8778 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8779 {
8780 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8781 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008782 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008783 }
8784 else
8785 {
8786 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8787 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8788 if (*path_end != 0)
8789 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8790 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8791 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8792 }
8793 }
8794
8795#ifdef WIN3264
8796# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8797 if (wn != NULL)
8798 {
8799 vim_free(p);
8800 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8801 }
8802 else
8803# endif
8804 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8805#else
8806 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8807#endif
8808
8809 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8810 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8811 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8812 {
8813 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8814#ifdef WIN3264
8815 FindClose(hFind);
8816# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8817 if (wn != NULL)
8818 {
8819 vim_free(wn);
8820 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8821 if (wn != NULL)
8822 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8823 }
8824 if (wn == NULL)
8825# endif
8826 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8827 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8828#else
8829 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8830 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8831#endif
8832 vim_free(matchname);
8833 matchname = NULL;
8834 }
8835 }
8836
8837#ifdef WIN3264
8838 FindClose(hFind);
8839# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8840 vim_free(wn);
8841# endif
8842#endif
8843 vim_free(buf);
8844 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8845 vim_free(matchname);
8846
8847 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8848 if (matches > 0)
8849 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8850 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8851 return matches;
8852}
8853
8854 int
8855mch_expandpath(
8856 garray_T *gap,
8857 char_u *path,
8858 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8859{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008860 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008861}
8862# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8863
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008864#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8865 || defined(PROTO)
8866/*
8867 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8868 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8869 */
8870static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8871
8872 static int
8873pstrcmp(a, b)
8874 const void *a, *b;
8875{
8876 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8877}
8878
8879/*
8880 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8881 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8882 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8883 * at "path + wildoff".
8884 * Return the number of matches found.
8885 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8886 */
8887 int
8888unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8889 garray_T *gap;
8890 char_u *path;
8891 int wildoff;
8892 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8893 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8894{
8895 char_u *buf;
8896 char_u *path_end;
8897 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8898 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8899 char_u *pat;
8900 regmatch_T regmatch;
8901 int starts_with_dot;
8902 int matches;
8903 int len;
8904 int starstar = FALSE;
8905 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8906
8907 DIR *dirp;
8908 struct dirent *dp;
8909
8910 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8911 if (stardepth > 0)
8912 {
8913 ui_breakcheck();
8914 if (got_int)
8915 return 0;
8916 }
8917
8918 /* make room for file name */
8919 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8920 if (buf == NULL)
8921 return 0;
8922
8923 /*
8924 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8925 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8926 */
8927 p = buf;
8928 s = buf;
8929 e = NULL;
8930 path_end = path;
8931 while (*path_end != NUL)
8932 {
8933 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8934 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8935 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8936 *p++ = *path_end++;
8937 else if (*path_end == '/')
8938 {
8939 if (e != NULL)
8940 break;
8941 s = p + 1;
8942 }
8943 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8944 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8945 e = p;
8946#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8947 if (has_mbyte)
8948 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008949 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008950 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8951 p += len;
8952 path_end += len;
8953 }
8954 else
8955#endif
8956 *p++ = *path_end++;
8957 }
8958 e = p;
8959 *e = NUL;
8960
8961 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8962 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8963 * component. */
8964 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8965 if (rem_backslash(p))
8966 {
Bram Moolenaar452a81b2007-08-06 20:28:43 +00008967 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, STRLEN(p));
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008968 --e;
8969 --s;
8970 }
8971
8972 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8973 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8974 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8975 starstar = TRUE;
8976
8977 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8978 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8979 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8980 if (pat == NULL)
8981 {
8982 vim_free(buf);
8983 return 0;
8984 }
8985
8986 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008987#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008988 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8989#else
8990 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8991#endif
8992 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8993 vim_free(pat);
8994
8995 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8996 {
8997 vim_free(buf);
8998 return 0;
8999 }
9000
9001 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9002 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9003 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9004 && *path_end == '/')
9005 {
9006 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9007 ++stardepth;
9008 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9009 --stardepth;
9010 }
9011
9012 /* open the directory for scanning */
9013 *s = NUL;
9014 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9015
9016 /* Find all matching entries */
9017 if (dirp != NULL)
9018 {
9019 for (;;)
9020 {
9021 dp = readdir(dirp);
9022 if (dp == NULL)
9023 break;
9024 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9025 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9026 {
9027 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9028 len = STRLEN(buf);
9029
9030 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9031 {
9032 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9033 * find matches. */
9034 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9035 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9036 ++stardepth;
9037 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9038 --stardepth;
9039 }
9040
9041 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9042 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9043 {
9044 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9045 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9046 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9047 }
9048 else
9049 {
9050 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9051 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9052 if (*path_end != NUL)
9053 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9054 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9055 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009056#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009057 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9058 char_u *precomp_buf =
9059 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009060
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009061 if (precomp_buf)
9062 {
9063 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9064 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9065 }
9066#endif
9067 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9068 }
9069 }
9070 }
9071 }
9072
9073 closedir(dirp);
9074 }
9075
9076 vim_free(buf);
9077 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9078
9079 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9080 if (matches > 0)
9081 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9082 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9083 return matches;
9084}
9085#endif
9086
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009087/*
9088 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9089 *
9090 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9091 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9092 *
9093 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9094 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9095 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9096 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9097 */
9098 int
9099gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9100 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9101 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9102 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9103 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9104 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9105{
9106 int i;
9107 garray_T ga;
9108 char_u *p;
9109 static int recursive = FALSE;
9110 int add_pat;
9111
9112 /*
9113 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9114 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9115 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9116 * return FAIL.
9117 */
9118 if (recursive)
9119#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9120 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9121#else
9122 return FAIL;
9123#endif
9124
9125#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9126 /*
9127 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9128 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9129 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9130 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9131 */
9132 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9133 {
9134 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9135# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9136 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9137# endif
9138 )
9139 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9140 }
9141#endif
9142
9143 recursive = TRUE;
9144
9145 /*
9146 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9147 */
9148 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9149
9150 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9151 {
9152 add_pat = -1;
9153 p = pat[i];
9154
9155#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9156 if (vim_backtick(p))
9157 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9158 else
9159#endif
9160 {
9161 /*
9162 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9163 */
9164 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9165 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009166 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009167 if (p == NULL)
9168 p = pat[i];
9169#ifdef UNIX
9170 /*
9171 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9172 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9173 * found file names and start all over again.
9174 */
9175 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9176 {
9177 vim_free(p);
9178 ga_clear(&ga);
9179 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9180 flags);
9181 recursive = FALSE;
9182 return i;
9183 }
9184#endif
9185 }
9186
9187 /*
9188 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9189 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9190 * the pattern.
9191 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9192 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9193 */
9194 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9195 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9196 }
9197
9198 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9199 {
9200 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9201
9202#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9203 slash_to_colon(t);
9204#endif
9205 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9206 * "vim c:/" work. */
9207 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9208 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9209 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9210 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9211 vim_free(t);
9212 }
9213
9214 if (p != pat[i])
9215 vim_free(p);
9216 }
9217
9218 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9219 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9220
9221 recursive = FALSE;
9222
9223 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9224}
9225
9226# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9227
9228/*
9229 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9230 */
9231 static int
9232vim_backtick(p)
9233 char_u *p;
9234{
9235 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9236}
9237
9238/*
9239 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9240 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9241 * Returns number of file names found.
9242 */
9243 static int
9244expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9245 garray_T *gap;
9246 char_u *pat;
9247 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9248{
9249 char_u *p;
9250 char_u *cmd;
9251 char_u *buffer;
9252 int cnt = 0;
9253 int i;
9254
9255 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9256 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9257 if (cmd == NULL)
9258 return 0;
9259
9260#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9261 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009262 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009263 else
9264#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009265 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9266 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009267 vim_free(cmd);
9268 if (buffer == NULL)
9269 return 0;
9270
9271 cmd = buffer;
9272 while (*cmd != NUL)
9273 {
9274 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9275 p = cmd;
9276 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9277 ++p;
9278 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9279 if (p > cmd)
9280 {
9281 i = *p;
9282 *p = NUL;
9283 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9284 *p = i;
9285 ++cnt;
9286 }
9287 cmd = p;
9288 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9289 ++cmd;
9290 }
9291
9292 vim_free(buffer);
9293 return cnt;
9294}
9295# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9296
9297/*
9298 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9299 * EW_DIR add directories
9300 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009301 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009302 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9303 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9304 */
9305 void
9306addfile(gap, f, flags)
9307 garray_T *gap;
9308 char_u *f; /* filename */
9309 int flags;
9310{
9311 char_u *p;
9312 int isdir;
9313
9314 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9315 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9316 return;
9317
9318#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9319 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9320 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9321 return;
9322#endif
9323
9324 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9325 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9326 return;
9327
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009328 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9329 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9330 return;
9331
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009332 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9333 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9334 return;
9335
9336 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9337 if (p == NULL)
9338 return;
9339
9340 STRCPY(p, f);
9341#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9342 slash_adjust(p);
9343#endif
9344 /*
9345 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9346 */
9347#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9348 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9349 add_pathsep(p);
9350#endif
9351 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009352}
9353#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9354
9355#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9356
9357#ifndef SEEK_SET
9358# define SEEK_SET 0
9359#endif
9360#ifndef SEEK_END
9361# define SEEK_END 2
9362#endif
9363
9364/*
9365 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9366 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9367 */
9368 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009369get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009370 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009371 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009372 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9373{
9374 char_u *tempname;
9375 char_u *command;
9376 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9377 int len;
9378 int i = 0;
9379 FILE *fd;
9380
9381 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9382 return NULL;
9383
9384 /* get a name for the temp file */
9385 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9386 {
9387 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9388 return NULL;
9389 }
9390
9391 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009392 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009393 if (command == NULL)
9394 goto done;
9395
9396 /*
9397 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9398 * Don't check timestamps here.
9399 */
9400 ++no_check_timestamps;
9401 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9402 --no_check_timestamps;
9403
9404 vim_free(command);
9405
9406 /*
9407 * read the names from the file into memory
9408 */
9409# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009410 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009411 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9412# else
9413 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9414# endif
9415
9416 if (fd == NULL)
9417 {
9418 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9419 goto done;
9420 }
9421
9422 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9423 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9424 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9425
9426 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9427 if (buffer != NULL)
9428 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9429 fclose(fd);
9430 mch_remove(tempname);
9431 if (buffer == NULL)
9432 goto done;
9433#ifdef VMS
9434 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9435#endif
9436 if (i != len)
9437 {
9438 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9439 vim_free(buffer);
9440 buffer = NULL;
9441 }
9442 else
9443 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9444
9445done:
9446 vim_free(tempname);
9447 return buffer;
9448}
9449#endif
9450
9451/*
9452 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9453 * functions.
9454 */
9455 void
9456FreeWild(count, files)
9457 int count;
9458 char_u **files;
9459{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009460 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009461 return;
9462#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9463 /*
9464 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9465 * been used???
9466 */
9467 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9468#else
9469 while (count--)
9470 vim_free(files[count]);
9471 vim_free(files);
9472#endif
9473}
9474
9475/*
9476 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9477 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9478 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9479 */
9480 int
9481goto_im()
9482{
9483 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9484}